You are on page 1of 415

ACUSON S Family

Replacement of Parts
System
S Family Parts Replacement - Widescreen

This document is valid for:


ACUSON S1000 Ultrasound Systems
ACUSON S2000 Ultrasound Systems
ACUSON S3000 Ultrasound Systems
2 Document Version / Disclaimer / Copyright

Document Version
Siemens Healthcare GmbH reserves the right to change its products and services at any
time.
In addition, manuals are subject to change without notice. The hardcopy documents cor‐
respond to the version at the time of system delivery and/or printout. Versions to hard‐
copy documentation are not automatically distributed.
Please contact your local Siemens Healthineers office to order a current version or refer to
our website http://www.siemens-healthineers.com.

Disclaimer
Siemens Healthcare GmbH provides this documentation “as is” without the assumption of
any liability under any theory of law.
The content described herein requires superior understanding of our equipment and may
only be performed by qualified personnel who are specially trained for such installation
and/or service.

Copyright
“© Siemens Healthineers, 2018” refers to the copyright of a Siemens Healthineers entity
such as:
Siemens Healthcare GmbH - Germany
Siemens Shenzhen Magnetic Resonance Ltd. - China
Siemens Shanghai Medical Equipment Ltd. - China
Siemens Healthcare Private Ltd. - India
Siemens Medical Solutions USA Inc. - USA
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc. - USA and/or
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH - Germany

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 2 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Table of Contents 3

1 General Information 13

2 Replacing the Flat Panel Display 14

2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1.3 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2 FPD Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2.1 Remove the FPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2.2 Install the FPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.2.3 Verify the FPD Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.2.4 Perform the Electrical Safety Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3 Replacing the FPD Cable 28

3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.2 FPD Cable Removal Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.2.1 Remove the Upper and Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.2.2 Remove the FPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.2.3 Remove the Cables from the Articulating Arm Assembly . . . . . . . 38
3.2.4 Remove the Articulating Arm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.2.5 Remove the FPD Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.3 FPD Cable Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.3.1 Routing the FPD Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.3.2 Install the Articulating Arm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.3.3 Route the FPD Upper-end Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.3.4 Install Articulating Arm Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.3.5 Verifying the FPD Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.3.6 Perform the Electrical Safety Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.3.7 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
4 Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm 70

4.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.1.3 Required Tools and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.2 Remove the Articulating Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.2.1 Remove the FPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.2.2 Remove the Articulating Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
4.3 Install the Articulating Arm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 3 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
4 Table of Contents

4.3.1 Install the FPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80


4.3.2 Install the Articulating Arm Assembly and Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.4 Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.4.1 Verify Articulating Arm Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.4.2 Verify System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
5 Replacing the Control Panel 85

5.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
5.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
5.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
5.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
5.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
5.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
5.2 Control Panel Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
5.2.1 Remove the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
5.2.2 Installing the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
5.2.3 Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
6 Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay 92

6.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.2 Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
6.2.1 Remove the Keyboard Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
6.2.2 Install the Keyboard Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
6.3 Configure the Control Panel Assembly for Foreign Languages. . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.3.1 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.3.2 Remove the Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.3.3 Install the Keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.3.4 Replace Control Panel Overlay and Cap Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.4 Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7 Replacing the Trackball 106

7.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106


7.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.2 Trackball Removal Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
7.2.1 Lift the Control Panel to Access Trackball Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
7.2.2 Remove the Trackball Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7.3 Install the Trackball Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
7.3.1 Install the Trackball Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
7.3.2 Installing the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
7.4 Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 4 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Table of Contents 5

7.5 Remove Trackball for Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115


8 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly 117

8.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117


8.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
8.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
8.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
8.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
8.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
8.2 Remove the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly and Touch Display . . . . 118
8.2.1 Remove the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 118
8.2.2 Remove the Touch Display from the Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . 121
8.3 Install the Touch Display and Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly . . . . . . 125
8.3.1 Install the Touch Display onto the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
8.3.2 Install the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
8.4 Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
9 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys 137

9.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137


9.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
9.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
9.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
9.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
9.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
9.2 Remove and Replace the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
9.2.1 Flat Key Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
9.2.2 Toggle Key Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
9.2.3 Push Knob Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
9.3 Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
10 Replacing the Touch QWERTY Keyboard 147

10.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147


10.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
10.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
10.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
10.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
10.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
10.2 Remove the QWERTY Keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
10.3 Install the QWERTY Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
10.4 Remove the Magnet Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
10.5 Install the Magnet Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
10.6 Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
11 Replacing the Touch Screen CP Trackball and Ring 154

11.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154


11.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
11.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
11.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 5 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
6 Table of Contents

11.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154


11.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
11.2 Remove the Trackball Ring and Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
11.3 Install the Trackball and Trackball Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
12 Removing and Installing System Covers 159

12.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159


12.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
12.1.2 Required Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
12.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
12.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
12.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
12.2 System Cover Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
12.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
12.2.2 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
12.2.3 Remove Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
12.2.4 Installing the Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
13 Replacing the Wireless Adapter 187

13.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187


13.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
13.1.2 Required Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
13.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
13.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
13.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
13.2 Removal of the Wireless Adapter Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
13.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
13.2.2 Remove the Wireless Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
13.2.3 Install the Wireless Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
13.2.4 Verify Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
13.2.5 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
14 Replacing the Wireless Bracket Assembly 192

14.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192


14.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
14.1.2 Required Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
14.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
14.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
14.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
14.2 Wireless Bracket Replacement Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
14.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
14.2.2 Remove the Wireless Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
14.2.3 Remove the Wireless Bracket Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
14.2.4 Install the Wireless Bracket Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
14.2.5 Install the Wireless Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
14.2.6 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
15 Replacing the DVD Drive Assembly 201

15.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 6 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Table of Contents 7

15.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201


15.1.2 Required Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
15.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
15.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
15.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
15.2 Removal of DVD Drive Assembly Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
15.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
15.2.2 Remove the Removable DVD Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
15.2.3 Install the DVD Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
15.2.4 Verify DVD Drive Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
15.2.5 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
16 Replacing the Hard Disk Drive 207

16.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207


16.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
16.1.2 Required Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
16.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
16.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
16.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
16.2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
16.2.1 Back Up the Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
16.2.2 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
16.2.3 Remove the Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
16.2.4 Install the Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
16.2.5 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
16.2.6 Install the System Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 213

17.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213


17.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
17.1.2 Required Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
17.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
17.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
17.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
17.2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
17.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
17.2.2 Remove the E Module Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
17.2.3 Remove the RM Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
17.2.4 Remove the Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
17.2.5 Install the Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
17.2.6 Install the RM Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
17.2.7 Install the BE3 Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
17.2.8 Install the E Module Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
17.2.9 Perform Software Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
17.2.10 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
17.2.11 Check the Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
17.2.12 Test the RM Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
17.2.13 Perform the Electrical Safety Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
18 Replacing the Physio Module 250

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 7 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
8 Table of Contents

18.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250


18.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
18.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
18.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
18.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
18.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
18.2 Physio Module Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
18.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
18.2.2 Remove the Physio Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
18.2.3 Install the Physio Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
18.2.4 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
18.2.5 Perform the Electrical Safety Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
18.2.6 Test the Physio Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
19 Replacing the Gas Shock 261

19.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261


19.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
19.1.2 Required Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
19.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
19.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
19.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
19.2 Gas Shock Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
19.2.1 Remove the FPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
19.2.2 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
19.2.3 Remove Gas Shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
19.2.4 Install the Gas Shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
19.2.5 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
19.2.6 Install the FPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
20 Replacing the TI Module 276

20.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276


20.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
20.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
20.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
20.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
20.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
20.2 TI Module Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
20.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
20.2.2 Remove the TI Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
20.2.3 Install the TI Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
20.2.4 Check the Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
20.2.5 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
20.2.6 Test the Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
21 Replacing the I/O Module 292

21.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292


21.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
21.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
21.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
21.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 8 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Table of Contents 9

21.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292


21.2 I/O Module Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
21.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
21.2.2 Remove the Cable Chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
21.2.3 Remove the I/O Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
21.2.4 Install the I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
21.2.5 Install the Cable Chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
21.2.6 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
21.2.7 Test the Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
22 Replacing the E Module 304

22.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304


22.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
22.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
22.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
22.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
22.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
22.2 E Module Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
22.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
22.2.2 Remove the E Module Boards and Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
22.2.3 Remove the E Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
22.2.4 Install the E Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
22.2.5 Replace the E-Module Boards and Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
22.2.6 Install the Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
22.2.7 Check the Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
22.2.8 Test the Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
23 Replacing the E Module Boards 313

23.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313


23.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
23.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
23.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
23.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
23.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
23.2 E Module Board Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
23.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
23.2.2 Remove the E Module Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
23.2.3 Remove the E Module Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
23.2.4 Install the E Module Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
23.2.5 Install the E Module Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
23.2.6 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
23.2.7 Check the Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
23.2.8 Calibrate A/D offset and SCW Tx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
23.2.9 Test the Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
24 Replacing the PSA Module 333

24.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333


24.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
24.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
24.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 9 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
10 Table of Contents

24.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333


24.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
24.2 PSA Module Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
24.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
24.2.2 Remove Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
24.2.3 Remove the Physio Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
24.2.4 Remove the PSD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
24.2.5 Remove the PSA Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
24.2.6 Install the PSA Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
24.2.7 Install the PSD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
24.2.8 Install Physio Module and Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
24.2.9 Check the Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
24.2.10 Perform the A2D DC Offset Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
24.2.11 Test the Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
24.2.12 Install the Lower Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
24.2.13 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
25 Replacing the PSD Module 357

25.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357


25.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
25.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
25.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
25.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
25.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
25.2 PSD Module Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
25.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
25.2.2 Remove Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
25.2.3 Remove the PSD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
25.2.4 Install the PSD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
25.2.5 Check the Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
25.2.6 Test the Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
25.2.7 Install the Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
25.2.8 Install the Upper Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
26 Replacing the Large Fan Assembly 371

26.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371


26.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
26.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
26.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
26.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
26.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
26.2 Large Fan Assembly Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
26.2.1 Remove the Left and Rear Lower Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
26.2.2 Remove the Large Fan Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
26.2.3 Install the Large Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
26.2.4 Install the Left and Rear Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
27 Replacing the Small Fan Assembly 379

27.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379


27.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 10 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Table of Contents 11

27.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379


27.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
27.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
27.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
27.2 Small Fan Assembly Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
27.2.1 Remove the Left and Rear Lower Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
27.2.2 Remove the Large Fan Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
27.2.3 Remove the Small Fan Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
27.2.4 Install the Small Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
27.2.5 Install the Large Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
27.2.6 Install the Left and Rear Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
28 Replacing the AC Power Tray 383

28.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383


28.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
28.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
28.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
28.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
28.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
28.2 AC Tray Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
28.2.1 Remove Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
28.2.2 Remove the AC Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
28.2.3 Install the AC Power Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
28.2.4 Check the Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
28.2.5 Test the Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
28.2.6 Perform the Electrical Safety Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
28.2.7 Install the Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
29 Replacing the AC Transformer 395

29.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395


29.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
29.1.2 Required Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
29.1.3 Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
29.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
29.1.5 System Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
29.2 AC Transformer Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
29.2.1 Remove the Front and Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
29.2.2 Remove the AC Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
29.2.3 Install the AC Transformer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
29.2.4 Check the Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
29.2.5 Perform the Electrical Safety Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
29.2.6 Install the Lower Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
30 Caster Replacement 403

30.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403


30.1.1 Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
30.1.2 Materials Required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
30.1.3 Tools Required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
30.1.4 Required Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
30.1.5 System Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 11 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
12 Table of Contents

30.2 Remove Lower Covers and Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405


30.2.1 Lower Cover and Transformer Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
30.3 Front Caster Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
30.3.1 Remove Front Casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
30.3.2 Install Front Casters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
30.3.3 Install Covers and Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
30.4 Rear Caster Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
30.4.1 Remove Rear Caster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
30.4.2 Install the Rear Casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
31 Changes to Previous Version 413

31.1 Changes to Previous Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413


32 List of Hazard IDs 414

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 12 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
General Information 1 13

This guide provides procedures and information for replacing spare parts on the ACUSON
S FamilyTM ultrasound system mainframes equipped with widescreen Flat Panel Displays
(FPD). When adding optional parts, follow procedures under the Installation section of
CB-DOC.
To determine compatibility issues, a Hardware/Software Configuration Guide is available.
These guides provides an overview of ACUSON S Family system mainframe configurations
and options, including requisite software levels and hardware requirements.
The core of the S Family Ultrasound system is built on a Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA).
There are two (2) different Trolley Frame Assemblies (TFAs). The original TFA is made of
cast metal and the newer TFA2 is made of a molded plastic composite.
Most of the images displayed in this document are from the original TFA and will look
slightly different on the TFA2.

 Pay attention to IVK controlled parts and update the records when changes are made!

When servicing the ACUSON S Family systems, always use the current Service Parts Cata‐
log (SPC) for order information.

 Q Parts and Complaint Parts are to be returned without delay. Follow local processes to
ensure a quick return.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 13 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
14 2 Replacing the Flat Panel Display

2.1 Overview
This procedure provides instructions for the replacement and verification of the Wide‐
screen Flat Panel Display (FPD).

2.1.1 Workflow
1. Power down the system
2. Remove the FPD rear cover
3. Disconnect the FPD cables
4. Remove the FPD from the Articulating Arm
5. Install the FPD on the Articulating Arm
6. Connect the FPD cables
7. Install the FPD rear panel cover
8. Power up the system
9. Verify FPD functionality
10. Adjust FPD settings
11. Perform Electrical Safety Test

2.1.2 Required Materials


Monitor, Full HD 21.5-in FPD, Kortek

2.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE tool kit.
1/16 Inch Allen Wrench

2.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the FPD takes approximately 10 to 15 minutes.

2.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Standby button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shut Down to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 14 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Flat Panel Display 2 15

5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

NOTICE
Leakage tests must be performed after replacing electrical components connec‐
ted to non-isolated AC power.
 Failure to complete a leakage test may result in damage to the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 15 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
16 2 Replacing the Flat Panel Display

2.2 FPD Instructions

2.2.1 Remove the FPD


1. Remove the small back cover by loosening the four (4) mounting screws.
Fig. 1: Small Back Cover -- Screws Shown

2. Disconnect the FPD HDMI cable (if installed).

a) Loosen the HDMI Locking Adapter by loosening the 1/16-inch Allen Screw.

Fig. 2: HDMI Locking Adapter 1/16-inch Allen Screw

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 16 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Flat Panel Display 2 17

b) Remove the HDMI Cable.

Fig. 3: FPD HDMI Cable Removed

3. Disconnect the remaining cables and ground wires.


Fig. 4: Remaining FPD Cables and Ground Wires

(1) Audio Cable


(2) Power Cable
(3) Audio, Power and Safety Grounds

a) Disconnect the audio cable.


b) Disconnect the power cable.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 17 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
18 2 Replacing the Flat Panel Display

c) Remove the audio, power, and safety grounds.


4. Cut and remove the tie-wrap(s) from the FPD cable.
Fig. 5: FPD Tie-Wraps

5. Remove the HDMI Locking Adapter (if Installed).


Fig. 6: HDMI Locking Adapter – Main Body and Mounting Adapter

(1) Mounting Adapter


(2) Main Body

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 18 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Flat Panel Display 2 19

a) Remove the Main Body from the Mounting Adapter.

Fig. 7: HDMI Locking Adapter – Main Body Removed

b) Remove the Mounting Adapter and Screw from the FPD.

Fig. 8: HDMI Locking Adapter – Mounting Adapter Screw

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 19 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
20 2 Replacing the Flat Panel Display

6. Remove the four (4) FPD mounting screws and remove the FPD from the articulating
arm.
Fig. 9: FPD Mounting Screws Shown

7. Remove the four (4) screws that attach the monitor hinge block to the FPD.
Fig. 10: Monitor Hinge Block Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 20 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Flat Panel Display 2 21

2.2.2 Install the FPD


1. Attach the monitor hinge block to the new FPD using the four (4) screws.
Fig. 11: Monitor Hinge Block Screws

2. Align the FPD to the articulating arm mounting bracket and secure with four (4)
screws.
Fig. 12: FPD Mounting Screws Shown

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 21 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
22 2 Replacing the Flat Panel Display

3. Install the HDMI Locking Adapter (If previously installed)

a) Remove the existing screw above the FPD HDMI connector. The screw head is too
large for the HMDI Locking Adapter.

Fig. 13: Existing FPD Screw

b) Partially install the HDMI Locking Adapter FPD screw from the removed FPD.

Fig. 14: HDMI Locking Adapter Screw

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 22 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Flat Panel Display 2 23

c) Slide the Mounting Adapter over the partially installed FPD screw, move the
Mounting Adapter flush with the plastic edge, and tighten the screw.

Fig. 15: Mounting Adapter Attached to the FPD

d) Slide the Main Body onto the Mounting Adapter (flat side toward the FPD).

Fig. 16: Main Body installed on the Mounting Adapter

4. Connect the HDMI cable and tighten the 1/16-inch Allen Screw.
Fig. 17: HDMI Cable Locked with 1/16-inch Allen Screw

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 23 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
24 2 Replacing the Flat Panel Display

5. Connect the remaining cables and ground wires.


Fig. 18: Remaining FPD Cables and Ground Wires

(1) Audio Cable


(2) Power Cable
(3) Audio, Power and Safety Grounds

a) Connect the audio cable.


b) Connect the power cable.
c) Install the audio, power, and safety grounds.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 24 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Flat Panel Display 2 25

6. Secure the FPD cable to the FPD with a tie-wrap


Fig. 19: FPD Cable Secured to FPD with Tie-Wrap

7. Install the FPD small back cover.


Fig. 20: FPD Small Back Cover Screws

2.2.3 Verify the FPD Functionality


The following steps will reset the FPD to factory settings and test the FPD.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 25 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
26 2 Replacing the Flat Panel Display

1. Boot the system.

a) Connect the system power cable to an external power source.


b) Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the On position.
c) Press the Standby button.
d) Wait for the system to complete its startup sequence.
2. Make sure the FPD functions properly at system startup.
- Confirm that no error messages display.
3. Reset and test the FPD.

a) Press System Config.


b) Click Service > Local Service.
c) Enter the Service License key.
d) Click TestTools > Monitor.
e) Click Set Monitor Defaults. This will reset the FPD to factory defaults.
f) Click Monitor Tests. This will perform FPD video and audio tests.
g) Click Start.

Fig. 21: TestTools > Monitor > Monitor Tests

h) Reboot the system.


4. Check the speakers.

a) Perform a scan in spectral Doppler mode.


b) Confirm that audio is present at the left and right speakers.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 26 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Flat Panel Display 2 27

c) Adjust the volume and confirm the response.

2.2.4 Perform the Electrical Safety Test


Perform the Electrical Safety Procedure. Refer to Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-003.860.01.xx.02 or General Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-004.860.01.xx.02.
For safety limits and submission of safety reports, refer to Electrical Safety Limits /
US22-101.833.01.xx.02 and Electrical Safety Test Report / US22-101.834.01.xx.02.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 27 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
28 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

3.1 Overview
This procedure provides instructions for the replacement of the Flat Panel Display (FPD)
cable.

3.1.1 Workflow
1. Power down the system.
2. Remove the upper and lower covers.
3. Remove the monitor post cover.
4. Remove the FPD.
5. Remove the cables from the articulating arm assembly.
6. Remove the articulating arm assembly.
7. Remove FPD cable.
8. Install and route the FPD cable.
9. Install the articulating arm assembly.
10. Route the FPD upper-end cabling.
11. Install the articulating arm covers.
12. Verify FPD functionality.
13. Perform the electrical safety test.
14. Install the covers.

3.1.2 Required Materials


Assembly, FPD Cable

3.1.3 Required Tools


Service Key
Standard CSE tool kit
1/16-inch allen wrench

3.1.4 Required Time


The FPD cable takes approximately two (2) hours to replace.

3.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Standby button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shut Down to shut down the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 28 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 29

3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.


4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 29 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
30 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

3.2 FPD Cable Removal Instructions

3.2.1 Remove the Upper and Lower Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the transducers from the system.


2. Label and disconnect all cables to external devices.
3. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
4. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.
5. Remove the system air filter. Reference ( Remove the System Air Filter / Page 161)
for instructions.
6. Remove the storage bin cover. Reference ( Remove the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 166) for instructions.
7. Remove the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 168) for instructions.
8. Remove the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 169) for instructions.
9. Remove the lower, right-cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Right Cov‐
er / Page 182) for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 30 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 31

10. Remove the monitor post cover. The Widescreen (Helx) with Touch Screen monitor
post cover contains a backlit logo cable that must be disconnected.
Fig. 22: Monitor Post > Backlit Logo

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 31 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
32 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

a) Remove the four (4) screws that secure the cover to the frame post.

Fig. 23: Monitor Post Cover Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 32 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 33

b) For the Widescreen (Helx) with Touch Screen monitor post cover only: Disconnect
the backlit logo cable.

Fig. 24: Monitor Post Cover > Backlit Cable

c) Remove the cover from the post.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 33 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
34 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

d) Remove the 2.5 mm screw and the lower post Cable Clamp from the post. Retain
the Monitor Post Cable Clamp and screws for reinstallation.

Fig. 25: Monitor Post Cable Clamp Screw

Fig. 26: Monitor Post Clamp

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 34 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 35

3.2.2 Remove the FPD

Connect both ends of the replacement cable to the system before routing it through the
 system chassis. Check the system audio, and video performance with the new cable. If
satisfactory, proceed with the replacement.

1. Remove the small back cover by loosening the four (4) mounting screws.
Fig. 27: Small Back Cover -- Screws Shown

2. Disconnect the FPD HDMI cable (if installed).

a) Loosen the HDMI Locking Adapter by loosening the 1/16-inch Allen Screw.

Fig. 28: HDMI Locking Adapter 1/16-inch Allen Screw

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 35 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
36 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

b) Remove the HDMI Cable.

Fig. 29: FPD HDMI Cable Removed

3. Disconnect the remaining cables and ground wires.


Fig. 30: Remaining FPD Cables and Ground Wires

(1) Audio Cable


(2) Power Cable
(3) Audio, Power and Safety Grounds

a) Disconnect the audio cable.


b) Disconnect the power cable.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 36 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 37

c) Disconnect audio, power, and safety grounds


4. Cut and remove the tie-wrap(s) from the FPD cable.
Fig. 31: FPD Tie-Wraps

5. Remove the four (4) FPD mounting screws and remove the FPD from the articulating
arm.
Fig. 32: FPD Mounting Screws Shown

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 37 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
38 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

3.2.3 Remove the Cables from the Articulating Arm Assembly


1. Remove the eight (8) screws securing the covers on the Articulating Arm and remove
the covers.

 Extend the arm to remove the covers.

Fig. 33: Articulating Arm Cover Screws Shown

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 38 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 39

2. Remove the screws securing the Articulating Arm Elbow cover and remove the cover.
Fig. 34: Articulating Arm Elbow Cover Screw Shown

3. Remove the cable tie securing the cable to the Articulating Arm Elbow.
Fig. 35: Articulating Arm Elbow Tie Wrap Shown

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 39 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
40 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

4. Remove the screw that secures the bottom cover of the articulating arm assembly and
firmly pull the cover downward. The cover is secured by two (2) ball snaps.
Fig. 36: Articulating Arm Assembly Cover screw and One (1) of the Two (2) Ball Snaps

5. Cut the tie-wrap securing the cables to the bottom of the articulating arm assembly.
Fig. 37: Articulating Arm Assembly Cable Tie-Wrap

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 40 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 41

6. Remove the three (3) screws securing both ground cables.


Fig. 38: Articulating Arm Assembly Tie-Wraps and Ground Cable Screws

7. Carefully route and remove the cable assembly from the articulating arm assembly.
Fig. 39: FPD Cable Removed from Articulating Arm Assembly

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 41 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
42 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

8. Carefully route the FPD cable through the articulating arm assembly base.
Fig. 40: FPD Cable Removed from Articulating Arm Assembly

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 42 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 43

3.2.4 Remove the Articulating Arm Assembly


1. Use a small flat-head screwdriver or utility knife and remove the Support Bolt Cover.
from the center of the articulating arm assembly.
Fig. 41: Support Bolt and Support Bolt Cover Shown

2. Remove the support bolt using a 17mm socket wrench.


3. Remove the articulating arm assembly.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 43 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
44 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

3.2.5 Remove the FPD Cabling


1. Disconnect J8A and J16 cabling from the I/O Module.
Fig. 42: J8A and J16 Cables Shown

2. Open the Cable Clamps that secure the J8A and J16 cables across the base of the sys‐
tem.
Fig. 43: Cable Clamps Shown

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 44 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 45

3. Cut the cable tie that secures the J8A and J16 cables to the system chassis (located
next to the TI Module).
Fig. 44: J8A and J16 Cable Tie

4. Raise the Control Panel to its highest position.


5. Move the Control Panel left to increase the size of the cable passageway in the moni‐
tor post.
Fig. 45: Monitor Post Passageway

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 45 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
46 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

6. Remove P41 from the right side of the Transformer.


Fig. 46: PSAC - P41 FPD Power Cable Shown

7. Tape the FPD Cable ends for easier removal and to minimize damage to the connec‐
tors.
Fig. 47: FPD Cable Taped

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 46 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 47

8. Feed the FPD end of the cables from the top of the post through the lower opening in
the post and remove the FPD cable from the system.
Fig. 48: Remove FPD Cable from Monitor Post

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 47 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
48 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

3.3 FPD Cable Installation Instructions

3.3.1 Routing the FPD Cable


1. Tape the FPD cable ends together for easy access through the monitor post.
Fig. 49: FPD Taped Cable Ends

2. Move the Control Panel left to increase the size of the cable passageway in the moni‐
tor post.
Fig. 50: Monitor Post Passageway

 The lower end has the PSAC P41 connector and the I/O module J8A and J16 connectors.
The upper end of the cable assembly has the FPD power, audio, and video connectors.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 48 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 49

3. Route the lower end of the cable assembly through the opening in the top of the FPD
post. Leave approximately 39 inches (1 meter) of the upper end of the cable available
for attaching the articulating arm and FPD.
Fig. 51: FPD Cable Routed through Monitor Post

4. Remove the tape from the FPD cable ends.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 49 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
50 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

5. Route the P41 connector through the chassis base hole and connect the P41 to J41.
The J41 is on the side of the AC transformer.
Fig. 52: FPD Cable Routed to Transformer

Fig. 53: Cable Connection to Transformer

6. Route the J8A and J16 cables along the right-rear chassis base.

 The cables may cause a difficult fit at the corner near the TI module.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 50 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 51

7. Connect P8A and P16 into the I/O Module.


Fig. 54: I/O Module P8A and P9 Connections

8. Secure the cables in the right-rear chassis base cable clamps.


Fig. 55: Cable Clamps Shown

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 51 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
52 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

3.3.2 Install the Articulating Arm Assembly


1. Place the ground strap and FPD Cable as shown in the figure below.
Fig. 56: Ground Strap and FPD Cable Placement, and Alignment Pin

2. Align the Pin of the system Arm Mount with the corresponding hole in the articulating
arm assembly.
Fig. 57: Articulating Arm Assembly - Support Bolt Shown

3. Install and tighten the support bolt using a 17mm socket wrench.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 52 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 53

4. Reinstall the Support Bolt Cover.


Fig. 58: Support Bolt Cover Installed

5. Install and tighten the four (4) FPD mounting screws that secure the FPD to the Articu‐
lating Arm.
Fig. 59: FPD Mounting Screws Shown

3.3.3 Route the FPD Upper-end Cabling


1. Carefully route the FPD cable through the articulating arm assembly base. The easiest
method is to route the cables in the following order:

a) HDMI Connector
b) Audio Connector

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 53 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
54 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

c) Power Connector
d) Large Ground Strap

 Use the flat ground strap to ensure that the cabling lies flat in the cable path of the arm.
Verify that the cable does not bind when moving the arm.

Fig. 60: FPD Cable Routed through Articulating Arm Assembly Base

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 54 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 55

2. Route the upper-end of the cable along the articulating arm. The routing of the cable
through the arm should allow a small loop when the display is in its normal viewing
position.
Fig. 61: FPD Upper Cable Routing

 Verify that the cable does not bind when moving the arm.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 55 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
56 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

3. Align the FPD to the articulating arm mounting bracket and secure with four (4)
screws.
Fig. 62: FPD Mounting Screws

4. Connect the HDMI cable and tighten the 1/16-inch Allen Screw.
Fig. 63: HDMI Cable Locked with 1/16-inch Allen Screw

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 56 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 57

5. Connect the remaining cables and ground wires.


Fig. 64: Remaining FPD Cables and Ground Wires

(1) Audio Cable


(2) Power Cable
(3) Audio, Power and Safety Grounds

a) Connect the audio cable.


b) Connect the power cable.
c) Install the audio, power, and safety grounds.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 57 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
58 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

6. Secure the FPD cable to the FPD with a tie-wrap.


Fig. 65: FPD Cable Secured to FPD with Tie-Wrap

3.3.4 Install Articulating Arm Covers


1. Fully extend the Articulating Arm and tilt the FPD forward.
Fig. 66: Articulating Arm Fully Extended and FPD Tilted Forward

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 58 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 59

2. Secure the FPD cable to the Articulating Arm using a cable tie.
Fig. 67: Articulating Arm Elbow - Tie-Wrap Shown

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 59 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
60 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

3. Attach the Articulating Arm Elbow cover.


Fig. 68: Articulating Arm Elbow Cover - Screws Shown

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 60 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 61

4. Attach both grounding straps using the previously removed screws and fasten cable
with a cable tie.
Fig. 69: Articulating Arm Assembly Base Tie-Wrap and Ground Cable Screws

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 61 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
62 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

5. Align the ball snaps and attach the Articulating Arm Assembly Base Cover with the
previously removed screw.
Fig. 70: Articulating Arm Assembly Base Cover Ball Snaps and Screw

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 62 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 63

6. Identify and install the Articulating Arm Covers using the previously removed eight (8)
screws.

 Do not overtighten the screws.

Fig. 71: Articulating Arm Covers

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 63 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
64 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

Fig. 72: Articulating Arm Cover Screws Shown

Fig. 73: Correct Articulating Arm Cover Positioning

7. Verify Articulating Arm Operation

a) Extend and retract arm, and verify that it holds its position.
b) Tilt FPD forward and backward and verify that it maintains its position.
c) Verify that the cable moves freely within the arm.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 64 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 65

8. Install the small back cover by tightening four (4) mounting screws.
Fig. 74: Small Back Cover -- Screws Shown

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 65 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
66 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

9. Attach the Monitor Post Cable Clamp.


Fig. 75: Monitor Post Cable Clamp Shown

3.3.5 Verifying the FPD Functionality


1. Boot the system:

a) Connect the system power cable to an external power source.


b) Switch the Main circuit breaker to the On position.
c) Press the Standby button.
d) Wait for the system to complete its startup sequence.
2. Make sure the FPD functions properly at system startup. Confirm that no error mes‐
sages are displayed.
3. Check the speakers:

a) Perform a scan in Spectral Doppler mode.


b) Confirm that audio is present at the left and right speakers.
c) Adjust the volume and confirm the response.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 66 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 67

3.3.6 Perform the Electrical Safety Test


Perform the Electrical Safety Procedure. Refer to Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-003.860.01.xx.02 or General Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-004.860.01.xx.02.
For safety limits and submission of safety reports, refer to Electrical Safety Limits /
US22-101.833.01.xx.02 and Electrical Safety Test Report / US22-101.834.01.xx.02.

3.3.7 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Install the monitor post cover:


a) For the Widescreen (Helx) with Touch Screen monitor post cover only: Connect the
backlit logo cable.

Fig. 76: Monitor Post Cover > Backlit Cable

b) Place the post cover on the system frame post.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 67 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
68 3 Replacing the FPD Cable

c) Install and tighten the four (4) screws that secure the post cover to the frame post.

Fig. 77: Monitor Post Cover Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 68 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the FPD Cable 3 69

Fig. 78: Monitor Post > Backlit Logo

2. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.
3. Install the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 174) for instructions.
4. Reconnect the external cables.
5. Install the battery and storage bin cover. Reference ( Install the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 177) for instructions.
6. Install the lower, right cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Right Cover / Page 184)
for instructions.
7. Install the system air filter. Reference ( Install the System Air Filter / Page 180) for
instructions.
8. Install the upper, right-front cover. Reference( Install the Upper, Right-Front Cov‐
er / Page 177) for instructions.
9. Install the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 246) for instructions.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 69 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
70 4 Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm

4.1 Overview
This procedure should be used when removing and replacing the articulating arm.

4.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the FPD.
2. Remove the articulating arm assembly.
3. Install the articulating arm assembly.
4. Install FPD and FPD covers.
5. Install articulating arm covers.
6. Verify articulating arm operation.
7. Verify system operation.

4.1.2 Required Materials


Assy, Articulating Arm, Kortek Monitor

4.1.3 Required Tools and Materials


Standard CSE tool kit.
1/16-inch allen wrench

4.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the articulating arm takes approximately 45-60 minutes.

4.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Standby button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Select Shut Down to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 70 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm 4 71

4.2 Remove the Articulating Arm

4.2.1 Remove the FPD


1. Remove the small back cover by loosening the four (4) mounting screws.
Fig. 79: Small Back Cover -- Screws Shown

2. Disconnect the FPD HDMI cable (if installed).

a) Loosen the HDMI Locking Adapter by loosening the 1/16-inch Allen Screw.

Fig. 80: HDMI Locking Adapter 1/16-inch Allen Screw

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 71 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
72 4 Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm

b) Remove the HDMI Cable.

Fig. 81: FPD HDMI Cable Removed

3. Disconnect the remaining cables and ground wires.


Fig. 82: Remaining FPD Cables and Ground Wires

(1) Audio Cable


(2) Power Cable
(3) Audio, Power and Safety Grounds

a) Disconnect the audio cable.


b) Disconnect the power cable.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 72 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm 4 73

c) Disconnect audio, power, and safety grounds


4. Cut and remove the tie-wrap(s) from the FPD cable.
Fig. 83: FPD Tie-Wraps

5. Remove the four (4) FPD mounting screws and remove the FPD from the articulating
arm.
Fig. 84: FPD Mounting Screws Shown

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 73 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
74 4 Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm

4.2.2 Remove the Articulating Arm


1. Remove the eight (8) screws securing the covers on the Articulating Arm and remove
the covers.
Fig. 85: Articulating Arm Covers -- Screws Shown

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 74 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm 4 75

2. Remove the screws securing the articulating arm elbow routing cover and remove the
cover.
Fig. 86: Articulating Arm Elbow Cover - Screw Shown

3. Remove the cable tie securing the cable to the articulating arm elbow.
Fig. 87: Articulating Arm Elbow - Cable Tie Shown

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 75 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
76 4 Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm

4. Remove the screw that secures the bottom cover of the Articulating Arm Assembly
Base and firmly pull the cover downward. The cover is secured by two (2) ball snaps.
Fig. 88: Articulating Arm Assembly Base Cover Screw and One (1) of the Two (2) Ball Snaps

5. Cut the tie-wrap securing the cables to the bottom of the Articulating Arm Assembly
Base.
Fig. 89: Articulating Arm Assembly Base Cable Tie-Wrap

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 76 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm 4 77

6. Remove the three (3) screws securing both ground cables.


Fig. 90: Articulating Arm Assembly Base Tie-Wraps and Ground Cable Screws

7. Carefully route and remove the cable assembly from the articulating arm assembly.
Fig. 91: FPD Cable Removed from Articulating Arm Assembly

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 77 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
78 4 Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm

8. Carefully route the FPD cable through the articulating arm assembly.
Fig. 92: FPD Cable Removed from Articulating Arm Assembly

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 78 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm 4 79

4.2.2.1 Remove the Articulating Arm Assembly

1. Use a small flat blade screwdriver or utility knife and remove the Support Bolt Cover
from the center of the articulating arm assembly.
Fig. 93: Support Bolt and Support Bolt Cover Shown

2. Remove the Support Bolt using a 17mm socket wrench.


3. Remove the articulating arm assembly.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 79 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
80 4 Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm

4.3 Install the Articulating Arm Assembly


1. Align the articulating arm assembly on to the system column.
2. Install and tighten the Support Bolt that secures the articulating arm assembly to the
system.
3. Install the Support Bolt Cover on the center of the display support assembly.
4. Route the cable through the articulating arm to the FPD.

 Use the flat ground strap to ensure the cabling lies flat in the cable path of the arm. Veri‐
fy that the cable does not bind when moving the arm.

4.3.1 Install the FPD


1. Align the FPD to the articulating arm mounting bracket and secure with four (4)
screws.
Fig. 94: FPD Mounting Screws Shown

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 80 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm 4 81

2. Connect the HDMI cable and tighten the 1/16-inch Allen Screw.
Fig. 95: HDMI Cable Locked with 1/16-inch Allen Screw

3. Connect the remaining cables and ground wires.


Fig. 96: Remaining FPD Cables and Ground Wires

(1) Audio Cable


(2) Power Cable
(3) Audio, Power and Safety Grounds

a) Connect the audio cable.


b) Connect the power cable.
c) Install the audio, power, and safety grounds.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 81 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
82 4 Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm

4. Secure the FPD cable to the FPD with a tie-wrap.


Fig. 97: FPD Cable Secured to FPD with Tie-Wrap

5. Install the small back cover.


Fig. 98: FPD Small Back Cover Screws

4.3.2 Install the Articulating Arm Assembly and Covers


1. Secure the Ground Straps to the bottom of the assembly using the removed screws.
2. Secure the cable to the bottom of the articulating arm assembly using one tie-wrap.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 82 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm 4 83

3. Attach the articulating arm assembly bottom cover using the removed screw.
4. Secure the cable to the articulating arm assembly elbow using one tie-wrap.
5. Attach the articulating arm elbow assembly cover using the two (2) previously re‐
moved screws.
6. Attach the articulating arm assembly covers using the eight (8) previously removed
screws.

 The articulating arm covers are not identical or interchangeable. The cover with the larg‐
er opening faces the FPD.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 83 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
84 4 Removing and Replacing the FPD Articulating Arm

4.4 Verification

4.4.1 Verify Articulating Arm Operation


1. Extend and retract arm, and verify that it holds its position.
2. Tilt monitor forward and backward and verify that it maintains its position.
3. Lock the arm and verify that the arm cannot be moved.

4.4.2 Verify System Operation


1. Connect the system power cable into the wall receptacle.
2. Power up the system and verify it boots to imaging.
3. Extend and retract arm/tilt monitor to ensure that video is not lost.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 84 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Control Panel 5 85

5.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the Control Panel.

5.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the Control Panel.
2. Remove the Control Panel connections.
3. Install the Control Panel.
4. Install the Control Panel connections.
5. Verify Control Panel functionality.

5.1.2 Required Materials


Control Panel, English

5.1.3 Required Tools


Service Key
Standard CSE tool kit

5.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the Control Panel takes approximately 25 to 30 minutes.

5.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 85 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
86 5 Replacing the Control Panel

5.2 Control Panel Instructions

5.2.1 Remove the Control Panel


The Control Panel and keyboard are one (1) integrated component.

1. Remove the four (4) screws that connect the covers on the front handles (2 each
side).
Fig. 99: Control Panel Handle Attachment Screws

2. Gently remove the covers from the control panel.


Fig. 100: Control Panel Handles Removed

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 86 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Control Panel 5 87

3. Loosen the four (4) captive screws on the underside of the Control Panel Support As‐
sembly that secures the Control Panel.
Fig. 101: Control Panel Captive Screws

4. Carefully lift the front of the Control Panel to release the two (2) ball snaps from the
Control Panel Support Assembly.
Fig. 102: Control Panel -- Ball Snaps

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 87 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
88 5 Replacing the Control Panel

5. Remove the Power, USB and Downlight Cables Connections.


Fig. 103: Control Panel Connections

6. Remove the Control Panel from the system.

5.2.2 Installing the Control Panel


1. While holding the Control Panel on its side with one (1) hand, connect the cables to
the underside of the Control Panel.

a) Connect the power cable to the Control Panel. Tighten the screws to secure the
cable to the Control Panel.
b) Plug in the USB cable.
c) Connect the Downlight connection.
2. Ensure that the USB and downlight cables are secured together with a tie wrap.
Fig. 104: Tie-wraped Cables Shown Together

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 88 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Control Panel 5 89

3. Carefully place the Control Panel on the Control Panel frame. Ensure that no cables
are pinched between the Control Panel and the frame.
Fig. 105: Control Panel Shown

4. Attach the Control Panel to the Control Panel support.

a) Tighten the four (4) screws on the bottom of the frame.

Fig. 106: Control Panel Captive Screws

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 89 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
90 5 Replacing the Control Panel

5. Snap the left and right handle covers in place. Tighten the (4) screws that connect the
covers on the front handles (two (2) on each side).

 Do not over tighten the screws. This will break the covers.

Fig. 107: Control Panel -- Handle Covers

5.2.3 Verification
1. Reconnect the system power to the external power source.
2. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to ON.
3. Press the Power button on the Control Panel to power on the system.
4. Verify that the system powers up correctly.
5. Perform Control Panel (CP) Module Test.

a) Navigate to System Config > Service Options > Local Service. Log in.
b) From the service software main menu window, click TestTools > CP.
c) Perform the CP Post and CP Interaction tests, following the on-screen prompts to
test each function.
d) Verify that the diagnostics pass the tests.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 90 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Control Panel 5 91

e) If the tests fail, troubleshoot to determine the cause of the failure.

Fig. 108: TestTools > CP Module Test

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 91 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
92 6 Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay

6.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the control panel keyboard and overlays.

6.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the keyboard assembly.
2. Install the keyboard assembly.
3. Configure the control panel assembly for foreign languages.

6.1.2 Required Materials


* Control Panel, English
The Control Panel will be configured using one of the following config sets based on the
Operating System language on the sales order:
CP Config Set, French
CP Config Set, Italian
CP Config Set, German
CP Config Set, Spanish
For International English Operating Systems, only the QWERTY keyboard will be changed.
The following keyboards will be used to replace the English keyboard based on the Char‐
acter set selection on the sales order:
QWERTY, Swed/Finn
QWERTY, Danish
QWERTY, Norwegian

6.1.3 Required Tools


Service Key
Standard CSE Toolkit

6.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and QWERTY overlays takes approximately one (1)
hour.

6.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 92 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay 6 93

3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.


4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 93 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
94 6 Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay

6.2 Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay Instructions

6.2.1 Remove the Keyboard Assembly


1. Remove the two (2) control knobs as shown below.
Fig. 109: Upper Control Panel Knob Removal

2. Insert a probe into each side of the plastic bezel to compress the spring-loaded clip.
Pull up the rear of the bezel. Do not lift the rear of the bezel any higher than 1-inch.
Fig. 110: Keyboard Bezel Removal

 Bend the spring-loaded clips to their original position for reinstallation.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 94 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay 6 95

3. Lift the plastic bezel off of the plastic ball studs shown below and remove the DGC rib‐
bon cable.
Fig. 111: Keyboard with Ball Studs/Receivers and DGC Ribbon Cable

4. Remove the eight (8) screws from the Qwerty Keyboard and remove the keyboard.
Fig. 112: Keyboard Screws Shown

6.2.2 Install the Keyboard Assembly


1. Install the keyboard assembly on the control panel and tighten the eight (8) screws.
2. Reconnect the ribbon cable to the keyboard. Refer to the ( Fig. 111 Page 95) figure.
3. Align the ball studs and snap in place the plastic bezel onto the control panel.
4. Install the two (2) control knobs. Refer to the ( Fig. 128 Page 104) figure.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 95 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
96 6 Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay

6.3 Configure the Control Panel Assembly for Foreign Lan‐


guages
This section describes the process required to configure English Control Panels using the
French, Italian, German and Spanish Language configuration kits.

6.3.1 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel to power off the system.
2. Click OK to shut down the system, wait for the system to shut down completely.
3. Switch the MAIN Circuit Breaker to the OFF Position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.

6.3.2 Remove the Keyboard


1. Remove the keyboard assembly as described in the section ( Remove the Keyboard
Assembly / Page 94).

6.3.3 Install the Keyboard


1. Obtain the correct qwerty keyboard as per the language configuration kit BOM for the
desired language.
2. Replace the keyboard assembly as described in the section ( Install the Keyboard As‐
sembly / Page 95).

6.3.4 Replace Control Panel Overlay and Cap Keys


This section describes the removal and replacement of the control panel overlay, and the
removal and replacement of the remaining rectangle key caps.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 96 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay 6 97

Fig. 113: Control Panel - Correct Placement of Knobs

1. Gently remove all the language specific key caps as shown below and check the film
template to determine which key caps require replacement.
Fig. 114: Gently Lifting Keys using Small Flat Head Screwdriver

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 97 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
98 6 Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay

2. Replace each key cap by inserting the rear pin and then the front pin, and then firmly
press the key cap straight down. Refer to the figure below.
Fig. 115: Key Cap with Pins Shown

3. Verify that all replaced key caps are at the same level as key caps that were not re‐
placed.
4. Use a knob pulling tool or small flat head screwdriver to remove all knobs from the
lower portion of the Control Panel.

 Verify that all knobs have a metal D-ring insert. If not, install a D-ring using the D-rings
supplied with the language configuration kit.

Fig. 116: Screwdriver and Knob Pulling Tool Shown

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 98 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay 6 99

5. Remove the large Cine Wheel knob.


Fig. 117: Cine Wheel Being Pulled

6. Remove the overlay from the control panel by starting on the upper corner and pull‐
ing slowly.
Fig. 118: Control Panel Overlay Removal

7. When the overlay is removed, visually inspect the control panel surface and remove
any adhesive that may be remaining.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 99 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
100 6 Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay

8. Remove the small overlay for the cine wheel, and replace it with the desired language
overlay. The the small plastic tab and outside rim can be used as a guide.
Fig. 119: Cine Wheel Overlay with Plastic Tab Shown

9. Remove all language specific rectangle key caps on the lower section of the control
panel. Use the check film template to determine the correct rectangle key caps to re‐
place.
Fig. 120: Rectangle Key Cap and Probe Shown

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 100 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay 6 101

Fig. 121: Rectangle Key Caps with Pins Shown

10. Use the check film template to determine the correct toggle switches to replace, and
replace all the language specific toggle switches.
Fig. 122: Toggle Switch Being Removed

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 101 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
102 6 Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay

6.3.4.1 Install the Overlay

1. Remove the protective sheet which covers the adhesive.


Fig. 123: Overlay with Protective Sheet Removed

2. Place the corners of the overlay onto the control panel leaving approximately 1/2 mm
distance between the overlay and the edge of the plastic indentation.
Fig. 124: Overlay with 1/2 mm Gap Shown

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 102 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay 6 103

3. Carefully apply the overlay to the Control Panel. Ensure that a gap between the over‐
lay and the indention remains consistent.
Fig. 125: Overlay Being Applied to Control Panel

4. Press firmly on the entire overlay, making sure to press between keys and knobs.
5. Depress each key and knob on the control panel to ensure that the overlay is not mak‐
ing contact with any keys. Visually inspect the entire overlay.
6. Remove the two (2) small overlays near the kidney keys on both sides of the control
panel and replace them with the correct language overlays.
Fig. 126: Removing Kidney Key Overlay

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 103 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
104 6 Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay

7. Replace all twist knobs including the cine wheel. Ensure the D-ring inside each knob is
matched to the knob shaft.
Fig. 127: Cine Wheel with D-ring Shown

Fig. 128: Knob Locations

6.3.4.2 Install the Keyboard Assembly

1. Reconnect the ribbon cable to the keyboard. Refer to the ( Fig. 111 Page 95) figure.
2. Align the ball studs and snap in place the plastic bezel onto the control panel.
3. Install the two (2) control knobs. Refer to the ( Fig. 128 Page 104) figure.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 104 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Control Panel Keyboard and Overlay 6 105

6.4 Verification
Verify that the Control Panel connections have been made correctly.

1. Reconnect the system power to the external power source, if removed.


2. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to On.
3. Press the Power button on the Control Panel to power on the system.
4. Verify that the system powers up correctly.
5. Perform CP Diagnostics.

a) Navigate to System Config > Service Options > Local Service, and log in.
b) From the service software main menu window, click TestTools.
c) Perform the CP test, following the on-screen prompts to test each function.
d) Verify that the diagnostics pass the tests. Click PASS.
e) If it does not pass, troubleshoot to determine the cause of the failure.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 105 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
106 7 Replacing the Trackball

7.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the control panel trackball.

7.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the trackball assembly.
2. Install the trackball assembly.
3. Verify functionality.
4. Remove trackball for cleaning (if required).

7.1.2 Required Materials


Ctrl Pnl, Trackball
This part includes the trackball, and bulkhead connector.

7.1.3 Required Tools


Service Key
Standard CSE Tool Kit

7.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the Control Panel Trackball module takes approximately 25 to 30 minutes.

7.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 106 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Trackball 7 107

7.2 Trackball Removal Instructions

7.2.1 Lift the Control Panel to Access Trackball Cable


The Control Panel, trackball, and keyboard are one (1) integrated component

1. Remove the four (4) screws that connect the covers on the front handles (two (2) on
each side). Gently remove the covers.
Fig. 129: Control Panel Handle Attachment Screws

2. Loosen the four (4) captive screws on the underside of the Control Panel that connect
the Control Panel to the Control Panel frame.
Fig. 130: Control Panel Captive Screws

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 107 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
108 7 Replacing the Trackball

3. Lift the Control Panel up, supporting the Control Panel with one hand. Remove the ca‐
ble connections from the underside of the Control Panel.
Fig. 131: Control Panel Cable Connections

7.2.2 Remove the Trackball Assembly


1. Disconnect the cable from the trackball.
Fig. 132: Trackball -- Ribbon Cable

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 108 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Trackball 7 109

2. Remove the two (2) screws securing the trackball assembly to the Control Panel.
Fig. 133: Trackball Module -- CP Attachment Screws

3. Remove the trackball assembly from the Control Panel


Fig. 134: Trackball Module

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 109 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
110 7 Replacing the Trackball

7.3 Install the Trackball Assembly

7.3.1 Install the Trackball Assembly


1. Install the trackball assembly on the Control Panel.
2. Install and tighten the two (2) screws connecting the trackball assembly to the Control
Panel.
Fig. 135: Trackball Module -- CP Attachment Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 110 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Trackball 7 111

3. Connect the cable to the trackball assembly.


Fig. 136: Trackball -- Ribbon Cable Connection

7.3.2 Installing the Control Panel


1. While holding the Control Panel on its side with one hand, connect the cables to the
underside of the Control Panel.

a) Connect the power cable to the Control Panel. Tighten the screws to secure the
cable to the Control Panel.
b) Plug in the USB connectors.
c) Connect the Downlight connection.
d) Ensure that the tie-wrap is secured to the USB and Downlight cables.
Fig. 137: Control Panel Cable Connections

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 111 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
112 7 Replacing the Trackball

2. Carefully place the Control Panel on the Control Panel frame. Ensure that no cables
are pinched between the Control Panel and the frame.
Fig. 138: Control Panel Shown

3. Attach the handle covers on the handles. Secure with screws on the underside of the
handles.

 Do not over tighten the screws. This will break the covers.

Fig. 139: Control Panel Handle Covers

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 112 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Trackball 7 113

4. Tighten the four (4) captive screws on the bottom of the Control Panel frame.
Fig. 140: Control Panel Captive Screws

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 113 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
114 7 Replacing the Trackball

7.4 Verification
Verify that the Control Panel connections have been made correctly.

1. Reconnect the system power to the external power source, if removed.


2. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to On
3. Press the Power button on the Control Panel to power on the system.
4. Verify that the system powers up correctly.
5. Perform CP Diagnostics.

a) Navigate to System Config > Service Options > Local Service, and log in.
b) From the service software main menu window, click TestTools.
c) Perform the CP test, following the on-screen prompts to test each function.
d) Verify that the diagnostics pass the tests. Click PASS.
e) If it does not pass, troubleshoot to determine the cause of the failure.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 114 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Trackball 7 115

7.5 Remove Trackball for Cleaning


The trackball can be removed and replaced for cleaning, without removing the Control
Panel.

1. Remove the trackball retaining ring. Rotate counter-clockwise (CCW), then remove the
ring.

 It may be necessary to use a tool with a diameter less than 2mm.

Fig. 141: Trackball Retaining Ring Removal Using a 1.5mm Tool

2. There is an indentation at the bottom of the Control Panel. Push up on this indenta‐
tion to push the trackball up for easier removal.
Fig. 142: Push up to Remove Trackball from Control Panel

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 115 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
116 7 Replacing the Trackball

3. Remove the trackball. Clean the trackball, retaining ring, encoder bars and tension
wheels.
Fig. 143: Trackball Removed from Control Panel

4. Reverse steps to re-install the Trackball.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 116 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly 8 117

8.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly, which con‐
tains two (2) separate service parts; the Control Panel and the Touch Display.

8.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly.
2. Remove the Touch Display from the Control Panel.
3. Install the Touch Display onto the Control Panel.
4. Install the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly.
5. Verify the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly functionality.

8.1.2 Required Materials


Control Panel, RAFI, w/o Touch Display or,
Touch Display, RAFI CP, S-Fam

8.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit

8.1.4 Required Time


Approximately one (1) hour

8.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Standby button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 117 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
118 8 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly

8.2 Remove the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly and


Touch Display

8.2.1 Remove the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly


1. Loosen the four (4) captive screws on the underside of the Control Panel Support As‐
sembly that secures the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly.

 CAUTION
Control Panel Cracking if Screws are Over-tightened
 The two (2) rear captive screws may be missing or loose. These screws can
cause the Control Panel Support Covers to crack if the screws are over-tight‐
ened.

Fig. 144: Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly Captive Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 118 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly 8 119

2. Carefully lift the front of the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly to release the two
(2) ball snaps from the Control Panel Support Assembly.
Fig. 145: Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly Ball Snaps

3. Place a towel or pad on the left side of the Control Panel Support Assembly to prevent
the Control Panel from scratching the handles.
4. Place the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly sideways on the padded Control Panel
Support Assembly.
Fig. 146: Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly Placed Sideways on the Padded Control Panel Support As‐
sembly.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 119 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
120 8 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly

5. Remove the Tie-Wraps securing the two (2) USB cables (J250 and J200).
Fig. 147: Tie-Wraps Securing Two (2) USB Cables

6. Remove the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly Cables.


Fig. 148: Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly Cables

(1) J250 – Keyboard USB Type A


(2) J901 – Downlight and Bezel Light Cable (6 Pin)
(3) J200 – I/O Module to CP USB Type B
(4) J201 – I/O Module to CP Power (15 Pin)
(5) J290 – Gel Warmer Power (4 Pin)
7. Remove the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly from the system and place it on a
padded ESD surface.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 120 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly 8 121

8.2.2 Remove the Touch Display from the Control Panel


1. Carefully remove the six (6) Display Screen Push Knobs with Inserts.
Fig. 149: Display Screen Push Knobs

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 121 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
122 8 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly

2. Turn the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly upside down on the padded ESD sur‐
face. Carefully remove the Display Screen cables from the Control Panel.
Fig. 150: Display Screen Cables

(1) J202 – CP to Display Screen Power (6 Pin)


(2) J140 – CP to Display Screen USB Type A

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 122 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly 8 123

3. Loosen the four (4) captive screws from the Display Screen.
Fig. 151: Display Screen Screws

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 123 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
124 8 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly

4. Carefully lift the Display Screen from the Control Panel and route the cables through
the Control Panel Cable Access. Remove the Display Screen from the Control Panel.
Fig. 152: Display Screen Cables Routed Through the Control Panel Cable Access

NOTICE
Cable Connection Damage
The Internal Cable Connections inside the Display Screen can be damaged if the
cables are snagged inside the Control Panel when removing the Display Screen.
 Use care when lifting the Display Screen.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 124 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly 8 125

8.3 Install the Touch Display and Touch Screen Control Panel
Assembly

8.3.1 Install the Touch Display onto the Control Panel


1. Carefully align the Touch Screen onto the Control Panel and route the cables through
the Control Panel Cable Access.
Fig. 153: Display Screen Alignment

Fig. 154: Display Screen Cables Routed Through the Control Panel Cable Access

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 125 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
126 8 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly

2. Tighten the four (4) captive screws to the Display Screen.


Fig. 155: Display Screen Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 126 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly 8 127

3. Carefully route and connect the Display Screen cables to the Control Panel.
Fig. 156: Display Screen Cables

(1) J202 – CP to Display Screen Power (6 Pin)


(2) J140 – CP to Display Screen USB Type A

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 127 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
128 8 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly

4. Carefully attach the six (6) Display Screen Push Knobs with Inserts. All knob inserts are
keyed and can only be installed one way.
Fig. 157: Display Screen Push Knobs

Fig. 158: Keyed Push Knobs Knob and Insert

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 128 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly 8 129

8.3.2 Install the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly


1. Place a towel or pad on the left side of the Control Panel Support Assembly to prevent
the Control Panel from scratching the handles.
2. Place the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly sideways on the Control Panel Support
Assembly.
Fig. 159: Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly Placed Sideways on the Padded Control Support Assembly

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 129 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
130 8 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly

3. Install the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly Cables.


Fig. 160: Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly Cables

(1) J250 – Keyboard USB Type A


(2) J901 – Downlight and Bezel Light Cable (6 Pin)
(3) J200 – I/O Module to CP USB Type B
(4) J201 – I/O Module to CP Power (15 Pin)
(5) J290 – Gel Warmer Power (4 Pin)
4. Secure the two (2) USB cables (J250 and J200), with Tie-Wraps.
Fig. 161: Tie-Wraps Securing Two (2) USB Cables

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 130 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly 8 131

5. Carefully align the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly to the Control Panel Support
Assembly. Press the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly into the two (2) ball snaps
on the Control Panel Support Assembly.
Fig. 162: Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly Ball Snaps

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 131 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
132 8 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly

6. Securely tighten the two (2) front captive screws until there is no slack. Do not over
tighten and do not tighten the rear screws if installed.

 CAUTION
Control Panel Support Cover Cracking
Tightening the two (2) rear screws can cause the Control Panel Support Covers to
crack.
 Do not tighten the two (2) rear screws, if installed.

Fig. 163: Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly Captive Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 132 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly 8 133

8.4 Verification
When the system is restarted, the system will require Touch Screen Control Panel Assem‐
bly testing. This includes interactive testing and service diagnostics.

1. Verify that the Touch Screen displays menus, changes when Control Panel functions
are selected, and responds to touch commands.
2. Verify that all Control Panel Keys, Toggles, and Knobs move smoothly and function
correctly.
3. Press the QWERTY Keyboard keys and verify that all keys function correctly.
4. Verify that the QWERTY Keyboard key lights turn OFF when the QWERTY Keyboard is
pushed into the QWERTY Drawer Assembly and ON when the QWERTY Keyboard is
pulled out.
5. Press System Config on the Keyboard.
6. Click Service, and then Local Service. The Service Software Password menu will be
displayed.
Fig. 164: Service Software Password Menu

7. Type in the Service License Key, and then click OK. The Service Software Home menu
will be displayed.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 133 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
134 8 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly

8. Click TestTools. The TestsTools menu will be displayed.


Fig. 165: Service Software Home Menu > TestTools

9. When the following message appears, remove the transducers and then click OK. The
TestTools menu will be displayed.
Fig. 166: TestTools > Message

10. Perform the Control Panel (CP) Module Test.

a) Click CP.
b) Click CP Post and CP Interactive Test, and then click Start.
c) When the CP Interactive Test is displayed, press and/or rotate all the keys and
knobs. Click Pass if everything functions correctly.
d) Verify that the diagnostics tests pass.
e) If the tests fail, troubleshoot to determine the cause of the failure.

Fig. 167: TestTools > CP Module Test

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 134 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly 8 135

Fig. 168: CP Interactive Test

11. Perform Touch Panel (TP) Module Test.

a) Click TP.
b) Click TP Post and TP Dead Pixel, and then click Start.
c) The Touch Screen will display Red, Green, Blue, White, and Black images. Verify
that there are no missing pixels in the images.
d) Move the cursor to the Touch Screen and press any key to stop the test.
e) Verify that the tests pass.
f) If the tests fail, troubleshoot to determine the cause of the failure.

Fig. 169: TestTools > TP Module Test

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 135 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
136 8 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly

Fig. 170: TP Dead Pixel Test

 The TP Calibration should NOT be necessary unless the Touch Screen does not respond
correctly to touch commands.

 If the TP Calibration is selected, the calibration screen will be inverted.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 136 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys 9 137

9.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly keys and
knob inserts. The Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly is only available in English and
the keys must be changed for specific languages.

9.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove and Replace the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys.
2. Verify the Touch Screen Control Panel Assembly functionality.

9.1.2 Required Materials


Keys, RAFI CP, English, S-Fam
Keys, RAFI CP, German, S-Fam
Keys, RAFI CP, French , S-Fam
Keys, RAFI CP, Italian, S-Fam
Keys, RAFI CP, Spanish, S-Fam

9.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE tool kit
Masking Tape

9.1.4 Required Time


Approximately one (1) hour

9.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Standby button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 137 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
138 9 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys

9.2 Remove and Replace the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys
Verify which keys are included in the Key Kit before removing the keys. The Keys will be
 damaged when they are removed and cannot be reused. Use tape to prevent damage to
the Control Panel cosmetics.

9.2.1 Flat Key Removal and Replacement


1. Verify which keys are included in the Key Kit before removing the keys.
2. Place tape around the edges of Flat Keys. This will prevent damage to the Control Pan‐
el cosmetics from the tool.
3. Use a Small Flat Head Screwdriver or Knife to carefully pry the edges of the Flat Con‐
toured and Flat Round keys until the keys are removed.
Fig. 171: Removing the Flat Round Keys

Fig. 172: Removing Flat Contoured Keys

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 138 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys 9 139

4. Carefully replace the Flat Contoured and Flat Round keys with the replacement keys
included in the key kit.

9.2.2 Toggle Key Removal and Replacement


1. Verify which keys are included in the Key Kit before removing the keys.
2. Use pliers to carefully pull the Toggle Keys from the system.
Fig. 173: Removing the Toggle Keys

3. Carefully replace the Toggle keys with the replacement keys included in the key kit.

9.2.3 Push Knob Removal and Replacement


1. Verify which Knob Inserts are included in the Key Kit before removing the keys.
2. Carefully remove the Push Knobs with Inserts.
Fig. 174: Removing the Push Knobs with Inserts

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 139 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
140 9 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys

Fig. 175: Push Knob and Inserts

3. Carefully insert the new Inserts that are included in the key kit, and replace the Push
Knobs. The Inserts are keyed and only install one (1) way.
Fig. 176: Keyed Inserts

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 140 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys 9 141

Fig. 177: Control Panel Key Configuration

CP Number Function CP Number Function CP Number Function


1 Power 12 M 23 Update
2 Patient 13 CW 24 Clip
3 Review 14 PW 25 Image
4 End Exam 15 C 26 Volume
5 Report 16 2D 27 DGCs
6 3D/4D 17 Baseline 28 TEQ
7 Contrast 18 Scale 29 Dual
8 E 19 Focus 30 Zoom
9 UD 20 Depth 31 Protocol

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 141 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
142 9 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys

CP Number Function CP Number Function CP Number Function


10 Pointer 21 Caliper 32 Freeze
11 Delete 22 Annotate/
Body
Marker

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 142 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys 9 143

9.3 Verification
When the system is restarted, the system will require Touch Screen Control Panel Assem‐
bly testing. This includes interactive testing and service diagnostics.

1. Verify that the Touch Screen displays menus, changes when Control Panel functions
are selected, and responds to touch commands.
2. Verify that all Control Panel Keys, Toggles, and Knobs move smoothly and function
correctly.
3. Press the QWERTY Keyboard keys and verify that all keys function correctly.
4. Verify that the QWERTY Keyboard key lights turn OFF when the QWERTY Keyboard is
pushed into the QWERTY Drawer Assembly and ON when the QWERTY Keyboard is
pulled out.
5. Press System Config on the Keyboard.
6. Click Service, and then Local Service. The Service Software Password menu will be
displayed.
Fig. 178: Service Software Password Menu

7. Type in the Service License Key, and then click OK. The Service Software Home menu
will be displayed.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 143 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
144 9 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys

8. Click TestTools. The TestsTools menu will be displayed.


Fig. 179: Service Software Home Menu > TestTools

9. When the following message appears, remove the transducers and then click OK. The
TestTools menu will be displayed.
Fig. 180: TestTools > Message

10. Perform the Control Panel (CP) Module Test.

a) Click CP.
b) Click CP Post and CP Interactive Test, and then click Start.
c) When the CP Interactive Test is displayed, press and/or rotate all the keys and
knobs. Click Pass if everything functions correctly.
d) Verify that the diagnostics tests pass.
e) If the tests fail, troubleshoot to determine the cause of the failure.

Fig. 181: TestTools > CP Module Test

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 144 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys 9 145

Fig. 182: CP Interactive Test

11. Perform Touch Panel (TP) Module Test.

a) Click TP.
b) Click TP Post and TP Dead Pixel, and then click Start.
c) The Touch Screen will display Red, Green, Blue, White, and Black images. Verify
that there are no missing pixels in the images.
d) Move the cursor to the Touch Screen and press any key to stop the test.
e) Verify that the tests pass.
f) If the tests fail, troubleshoot to determine the cause of the failure.

Fig. 183: TestTools > TP Module Test

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 145 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
146 9 Replacing the Touch Screen Control Panel Keys

Fig. 184: TP Dead Pixel Test

 The TP Calibration should NOT be necessary unless the Touch Screen does not respond
correctly to touch commands.

 If the TP Calibration is selected, the calibration screen will be inverted.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 146 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch QWERTY Keyboard 10 147

10.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the Touch Screen QWERTY Keyboard and Magnet Hold‐
er. The Magnet Holder is included with the QWERTY keyboard.

10.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the QWERTY Keyboard.
2. Install the QWERTY Keyboard.
3. Remove the Magnet Holder.
4. Install the Magnet Holder.
5. Verify QWERTY Keyboard functionality.
6. Verify Magnet Holder functionality.

10.1.2 Required Materials


Keyboard, RAFI QWERTY, S-Fam, Eng
Keyboard, RAFI QWERTY, S-Fam, German
Keyboard, RAFI QWERTY, S-Fam, French
Keyboard, RAFI QWERTY, S-Fam, Italian
Keyboard, RAFI QWERTY, S-Fam, Spanish
Keyboard, RAFI QWERTY, S-Fam, Danish
Keyboard, RAFI QWERTY, S-Fam, Norwegian
Keyboard, RAFI QWERTY, S-Fam, Swedish
Keyboard, RAFI QWERTY, S-Fam, Finnish
Small Tie-wrap

10.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE tool kit

10.1.4 Required Time


Approximately 30 minutes

10.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Standby button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 147 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
148 10 Replacing the Touch QWERTY Keyboard

3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.


4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 148 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch QWERTY Keyboard 10 149

10.2 Remove the QWERTY Keyboard


1. Remove the two (2) 4.0mm Allen screws from the bottom of the QWERTY Drawer As‐
sembly.
Fig. 185: QWERTY Keyboard Screws

2. Carefully remove the QWERTY Keyboard to Control Panel USB cable from the QWERTY
Keyboard while removing the QWERTY Keyboard.
Fig. 186: QWERTY Keyboard to CP USB Cable

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 149 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
150 10 Replacing the Touch QWERTY Keyboard

10.3 Install the QWERTY Keyboard


1. Carefully align the QWERTY Keyboard onto the QWERTY Drawer Assembly Rail, and
connect the QWERTY Keyboard to Control Panel USB cable.
Fig. 187: QWERTY Keyboard to CP USB Cable

2. Install the QWERTY Keyboard to the keyboard rail using two (2) 4.0mm Allen screws.
Fig. 188: QWERTY Keyboard Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 150 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch QWERTY Keyboard 10 151

10.4 Remove the Magnet Holder


1. Carefully remove the Magnet Holder from the Control Panel Support Base using a
small straight slot screwdriver.
Fig. 189: Magnet Holder Installed in the Control Panel Support Base

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 151 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
152 10 Replacing the Touch QWERTY Keyboard

10.5 Install the Magnet Holder


1. Carefully align and install the Magnet Holder into the Control Panel Support Base. The
displayed magnets need to face the left side.
Fig. 190: Magnet Holder

Fig. 191: Magnet Holder Installed in the Control Panel Support Base

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 152 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch QWERTY Keyboard 10 153

10.6 Verification
1. Reconnect the system power to the external power source.
2. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to ON.
3. Press the Power button on the Control Panel to power on the system.
4. Verify that the system powers up correctly.
5. Press the QWERTY Keyboard keys and verify that all keys function correctly.
6. Verify that the QWERTY Keyboard key lights turn OFF when the QWERTY Keyboard is
pushed into the QWERTY Drawer Assembly and ON when the QWERTY Keyboard is
pulled out.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 153 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
154 11 Replacing the Touch Screen CP Trackball and Ring

11.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the Trackball and Ring on the Touch Screen Control
Panel Assembly.

11.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the Trackball Ring and Trackball.
2. Install the Trackball Ring and Trackball.

11.1.2 Required Materials


Trackball and Ring, RAFI CP, S-Fam

11.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE tool kit

11.1.4 Required Time


Approximately five (5) minutes

11.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Standby button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 154 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen CP Trackball and Ring 11 155

11.2 Remove the Trackball Ring and Trackball


1. Turn the Trackball Ring left to unlock and then remove.
Fig. 192: Trackball Ring

2. Remove the Trackball.


Fig. 193: Trackball - Ring Removed

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 155 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
156 11 Replacing the Touch Screen CP Trackball and Ring

11.3 Install the Trackball and Trackball Ring


1. Clean the Trackball housing roller bearings and optical ports with a soft cloth. DO NOT
USE ANY FLUID OR CLEANERS!
Fig. 194: Trackball Housing Roller Bearings and Optical Ports

2. Clean and dry the Trackball with a soft cloth. Place the Trackball into the Trackball
Housing.
Fig. 195: Trackball Installed without Ring

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 156 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Touch Screen CP Trackball and Ring 11 157

3. Install theTrackball Ring. The Ring only installs in one (1) direction.

a) Identify the ring alignment.

Fig. 196: Trackball Ring Alignment

b) Place the trackball ring over the trackball as displayed.

Fig. 197: Trackball Ring Placed on the Trackball

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 157 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
158 11 Replacing the Touch Screen CP Trackball and Ring

c) Turn the Trackball Ring right to tighten to lock.

Fig. 198: Trackball Ring Locked

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 158 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 159

12.1 Overview
This document describes how to remove and install the system covers.

12.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove system covers.
2. Install system covers.

12.1.2 Required Material


System covers do not usually require replacement, rather removing the cover to access
system components, and then installing the covers are most often performed. The follow‐
ing graphic provides the location of the covers, and a list of the system cover material
numbers:

 Refer to the system-specific Hardware/Software Configuration Guide for current system


cover material numbers.

Fig. 199: Upper System Covers

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 159 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
160 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

12.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit

12.1.4 Required Time


Removing the system covers takes approximately five (5) minutes; installing the system
covers takes approximately five (5) minutes.

12.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 160 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 161

12.2 System Cover Instructions

12.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

12.2.1.1 Remove the System Air Filter


Pull the air filter out from its compartment in the system.
Fig. 200: Air Filter Shown

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 161 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
162 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

12.2.1.2 Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cover

1. Loosen the 1/4-turn fastener next to the Physio module connection interface.
Fig. 201: Left Front Cover Shown

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 162 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 163

2. Hold the cover at the DVD access. Pull the cover out from the left to disengage the ball
snaps.
Fig. 202: Upper Left Front Cover

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 163 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
164 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

12.2.1.3 Remove the Upper, Right-Front Cover

1. Loosen the 1/4-turn fastener.


Fig. 203: Upper Right Front Cover

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 164 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 165

2. Hold the cover at the transducer ports recess. Pull the cover back to disengage the ball
snaps.
Fig. 204: Upper Right Cover Shown

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 165 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
166 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

12.2.1.4 Remove the Storage Bin Cover

1. Hold the cover. Pull the cover from the right to release the ball snaps.
Fig. 205: Storage Bin Cover

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 166 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 167

2. Remove any OEM cables connected to the system and feed them through the Left-
rear Cover.
Fig. 206: OEM Cables

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 167 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
168 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

12.2.1.5 Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cover

1. Loosen the three (3) 1/4-turn fasteners.


Fig. 207: Upper Right Rear Cover Shown

2. Hold the right side of the cover. Pull the cover to disengage the ball snaps.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 168 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 169

3. Remove the battery cable.


Fig. 208: Battery Cable

12.2.1.6 Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cover

1. Loosen the two (2) captive screws.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 169 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
170 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

2. Pull the cover from the system.


Fig. 209: Upper Left Rear Cover - Screw Shown

12.2.1.7 Remove the E-Module OEM Support Bracket (if Required)

1. Loosen the four (4) captive screws.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 170 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 171

2. Lift up the bracket and pull out.


Fig. 210: E-Module OEM Support Bracket

 The Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA2) made of a molded plastic composite does not have
the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

12.2.2 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

12.2.2.1 Install the E-Module OEM Support Bracket (if removed)

1. Reinstall the support bracket if removed.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 171 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
172 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

2. Tighten with four (4) captive screws.


Fig. 211: E-Module OEM Support Bracket

 The Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA2) made of a molded plastic composite does not have
the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 172 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 173

12.2.2.2 Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cover

1. Align the cover on the system.


Fig. 212: Upper Left Rear Cover - Screw Shown

2. Tighten the two (2) captive fasteners.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 173 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
174 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

12.2.2.3 Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cover

1. Connect the existing battery cable between the Upper, Rear Panel and J38 connector
located below the E Module.
Fig. 213: Battery Cable

2. Align the cover to the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 174 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 175

3. Tighten the three (3) 1/4-turn fasteners.


Fig. 214: Upper Right Rear Cover Shown

4. Place the battery back into the system battery compartment.


5. Reconnect the OEM cables.

a) Feed the OEM cables that were previously disconnected back through the opening
in the system platform.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 175 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
176 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

b) Reconnect the cables according to the labels that were attached to the cables be‐
fore disconnection.

Fig. 215: OEM Cables

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 176 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 177

12.2.2.4 Install the Storage Bin Cover

1. Position the storage bin cover on the system.


Fig. 216: Storage Bin Cover

12.2.2.5 Install the Upper, Right-Front Cover

1. Hold the cover at the transducer ports recess and position the cover on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 177 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
178 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

2. Press the cover to engage the ball snaps.


Fig. 217: Upper Right Front Cover

3. Tighten the 1/4-turn fasteners.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 178 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 179

12.2.2.6 Install the Physio Cover

1. Install either the Physio Cover Blank, or Physio Module Cover on the Upper, Left-Front
Cover.

 This procedure is only required if a new Upper, Left cover is replaced and requires a Phys‐
io Cover Blank or Physio Module Cover.

Fig. 218: Upper, Left Cover - Physio Cover Location

12.2.2.7 Install the Upper, Left-Front Cover

1. Hold the cover at the DVD and physio recess and position the cover on the system.
2. Press the cover to engage the ball snaps.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 179 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
180 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

3. Tighten the 1/4-turn fastener.


Fig. 219: Left Front Cover Shown

12.2.2.8 Install the System Air Filter

1. Slide the air filter into the air filter compartment on the system.
Fig. 220: Air Filter Shown

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 180 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 181

12.2.3 Remove Lower Covers

Remove the lower covers in the following order:

 1. Lower, Rear cover


2. Lower, Left cover
3. Lower, Right cover

12.2.3.1 Remove the Lower, Rear Cover

1. Disconnect the power cable from the system.


2. Position the rear wheels so that they face outward.
3. Loosen the 1/4-turn captive screws on the left and right sides of the lower, rear cover.
Fig. 221: Captive Screw Locations

4. Pull the lower, rear cover away from the system to release the ball snaps.
Fig. 222: Lower , Rear Panel

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 181 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
182 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

12.2.3.2 Remove the Lower, Right Cover

1. Loosen the 1/4-turn captive screw located near the lower-front of the cover.
Fig. 223: Lower, Right-Side Panel Captive Screw

2. Hold the lower, right cover and pull away from the system to disengage the ball snap.
Fig. 224: 1/4-Turn Captive Screw and Ball Snap

(1) 1/4-turn captive screw location


(2) Ball snap location
3. Clear the cover alignment pin when pulling the cover down.
Fig. 225: Lower, Right-Side Cover Alignment Pin

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 182 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 183

12.2.3.3 Remove the Lower, Left Cover

1. Loosen the 1/4-turn captive screw near the lower front of the cover.
Fig. 226: Lower, Left-Side Panel Captive Screw

2. Hold the cover and pull away from the system to disengage the ball snap.
3. Clear the cover alignment pin when pulling the cover down.
Fig. 227: Lower, Left-Side Panel Alignment Pin

12.2.4 Installing the Lower Covers

Install the lower covers in the following order:

 1. Lower, Left cover


2. Lower, Right cover
3. Lower, Rear cover

12.2.4.1 Install the Lower, Left Cover

1. Position the lower, left cover on the system:

a) Align the 1/4-turn captive screw and the ball snap of the cover to the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 183 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
184 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

b) Align the hole in the top of the cover with the pin on the system.

Fig. 228: Lower, Left-Side Panel Alignment Pin

2. Press the cover against the system to engage the ball snap.
3. Tighten the 1/4-turn captive screw near the front of the cover.
Fig. 229: Lower, Left-Side Panel Captive Screw

12.2.4.2 Install the Lower, Right Cover

1. Position the lower, right cover on the system:

a) Align the 1/4-turn captive screw and the ball snap of the cover to the system.
b) Align the hole in the top of the cover with the pin on the system.

Fig. 230: Lower, Right-Side Panel Alignment Pin

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 184 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Removing and Installing System Covers 12 185

2. Press the cover against the system to engage the ball snap.
3. Fasten the 1/4-turn captive screw near the front of the cover.
Fig. 231: Lower, Right-Side Panel Captive Screw

12.2.4.3 Install the Lower, Rear Cover

1. Position the lower, rear cover on the system:

a) Align the 1/4-turn captive screws of the cover to the ball snaps of the system.

 The captive screws pass through the holes in the lower, right-side and left-side cov‐
ers.

Fig. 232: Lower , Rear Panel

b) Press the cover against the system to engage the ball snaps.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 185 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
186 12 Removing and Installing System Covers

2. Tighten the two (2) 1/4-turn captive screws.


Fig. 233: Captive Screw Locations

3. Connect the power cable to the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 186 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Wireless Adapter 13 187

13.1 Overview
This procedure provides the steps required to replace the Wireless Adapter which is loca‐
ted under or behind the DVD Drive Assembly.

13.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the upper covers.
2. Remove the Wireless Adapter.
3. Install the Wireless Adapter.
4. Verify functionality.
5. Install the upper covers.

13.1.2 Required Material


Wireless Adapter

13.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tools

13.1.4 Required Time


Replacing and installing the Wireless Adapter takes approximately 15 to 30 minutes.

13.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the screen
to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the Off position.
4. Disconnect the system power cord from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 187 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
188 13 Replacing the Wireless Adapter

13.2 Removal of the Wireless Adapter Instructions

13.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


1. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.

13.2.2 Remove the Wireless Adapter


1. Pull out the Wireless Adapter from the Wireless Bracket Assembly.
Fig. 234: Wireless Adapter Attached to the Wireless Bracket Assembly (Under the DVD Drive Assembly)

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 188 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Wireless Adapter 13 189

Fig. 235: Wireless Adapter Attached to the Wireless Bracket Assembly (Behind the DVD Drive Assembly)

Fig. 236: Wireless Adapter (ASUS N53 or ASUS AC54)

Fig. 237: Wireless Adapter (SparkLAN)

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 189 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
190 13 Replacing the Wireless Adapter

13.2.3 Install the Wireless Adapter


1. Carefully insert the Wireless Adapter into the Wireless Bracket Assembly.
Fig. 238: Wireless Bracket Assembly Without Wireless Adapter

Fig. 239: Wireless Adapter Attached to the Wireless Bracket Assembly (Under the DVD Drive Assembly)

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 190 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Wireless Adapter 13 191

Fig. 240: Wireless Adapter Attached to the Wireless Bracket Assembly (Behind the DVD Drive Assembly)

13.2.4 Verify Functionality


1. Perform the DICOM Wireless connection procedure located in the “S Family DICOM
Configuration - Widescreen” document.

13.2.5 Install the Upper Covers


1. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 191 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
192 14 Replacing the Wireless Bracket Assembly

14.1 Overview
This procedure provides the steps required to replace the Wireless Bracket Assembly.
The Wireless Bracket Assembly and Wireless Adapter are located under or behind the DVD
Drive Assembly.

14.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the upper covers.
2. Remove the Wireless Adapter.
3. Remove the Wireless Bracket Assembly.
4. Install the Wireless Bracket Assembly.
5. Install the Wireless Adapter.
6. Verify functionality.
7. Install the upper covers.

14.1.2 Required Material


Wireless Bracket Assembly
Tie-wraps

14.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tools

14.1.4 Required Time


Replacing and installing the Wireless Bracket Assembly takes approximately 30 to 45 mi‐
nutes.

14.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the screen
to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the Off position.
4. Disconnect the system power cord from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 192 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Wireless Bracket Assembly 14 193

14.2 Wireless Bracket Replacement Instructions

14.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the transducers from the system.


2. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
3. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.
4. Remove the system air filter. Reference ( Remove the System Air Filter / Page 161)
for instructions.
5. Remove the storage bin cover. Reference ( Remove the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 166) for instructions.
6. Remove the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 168) for instructions.
7. Remove the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 169) for instructions.

14.2.2 Remove the Wireless Adapter


1. Pull out the Wireless Adapter from the Wireless Bracket Assembly.
Fig. 241: Wireless Adapter Attached to the Wireless Bracket Assembly (Under the DVD Drive Assembly)

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 193 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
194 14 Replacing the Wireless Bracket Assembly

Fig. 242: Wireless Adapter Attached to the Wireless Bracket Assembly (Behind the DVD Drive Assembly)

14.2.3 Remove the Wireless Bracket Assembly


1. For the Wireless Bracket Assembly installed under the DVD Drive Assembly. Cut
the cable tie-wrap on the Wireless Bracket Assembly cable tie holder.
Fig. 243: Wireless Bracket Assembly Tie-Wrap

2. Cut the Cable tie-wrap that secures the Wireless Bracket USB cable to I/O Module J2B
port.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 194 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Wireless Bracket Assembly 14 195

3. Remove the Wireless Bracket USB cable from I/O Module J2B.
Fig. 244: I/O Module Wireless Bracket USB Cable - J2B

4. For the Wireless Bracket Assembly installed under the DVD Drive Assembly. Re‐
move the Wireless Bracket Assembly by removing the 7mm nut with washer, and the
standoff with cable tie holder.
Fig. 245: Wireless Bracket Assembly Tie Wrap Holder and 7mm Nut (Under DVD Drive Assembly only)

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 195 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
196 14 Replacing the Wireless Bracket Assembly

5. For the Wireless Bracket Assembly installed behind the DVD Drive Assembly. Re‐
move the Wireless Bracket Assembly by removing the two (2) screws.
Fig. 246: Wireless Adapter Screws (Behind the DVD Drive Assembly)

Fig. 247: Wireless Bracket Assembly and Wireless Adapter

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 196 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Wireless Bracket Assembly 14 197

14.2.4 Install the Wireless Bracket Assembly

14.2.4.1 Install the Wireless Bracket Assembly

1. For the Wireless Bracket Assembly installed under the DVD Drive Assembly. Install
the Wireless Bracket Assembly with the previously removed 7mm nut with washer,
and the standoff with cable tie holder.
Fig. 248: Wireless Bracket Assembly Tie Wrap Holder and 7mm Nut (Under DVD Drive Assembly Only)

2. For the Wireless Bracket Assembly installed behind the DVD Drive Assembly. In‐
stall the Wireless Bracket Assembly with the previously removed screws.
Fig. 249: Wireless Adapter Screws (Behind the DVD Drive Assembly)

3. Connect the Wireless Bracket USB cable into I/O Module J2B port.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 197 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
198 14 Replacing the Wireless Bracket Assembly

4. Secure the Wireless Bracket USB cable and CP USB cable using a tie-wrap .
Fig. 250: I/O Module Wireless Bracket USB Cable - J2B

5. For the Wireless Bracket Assembly installed under the DVD Drive Assembly. Se‐
cure the CP Power cable and Footswitch cable to the Wireless Bracket Assembly cable
tie holder using a tie-wrap .
Fig. 251: Wireless Bracket Assembly Tie Wrap (Under DVD Drive Assembly Only)

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 198 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Wireless Bracket Assembly 14 199

14.2.5 Install the Wireless Adapter


1. Carefully insert the Wireless Adapter into the Wireless Bracket Assembly.
Fig. 252: Wireless Bracket Assembly Without Wireless Adapter

Fig. 253: Wireless Bracket assembly Without Wireless Adapter (Behind the DVD Drive Assembly)

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 199 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
200 14 Replacing the Wireless Bracket Assembly

Fig. 254: Wireless Adapter Attached to the Wireless Bracket Assembly (Under the DVD Drive Assembly)

Fig. 255: Wireless Adapter Attached to the Wireless Bracket Assembly (Behind the DVD Drive Assembly)

14.2.6 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 200 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the DVD Drive Assembly 15 201

15.1 Overview
This procedure provides the steps required to replace the Removable DVD Drive assembly.
The DVD Drive is also referred to as the Removable Disk Drive (RDD).

15.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the upper covers.
2. Remove the DVD drive assembly.
3. Install the DVD drive assembly.
4. Verify functionality.
5. Install the upper covers.

15.1.2 Required Material


n Assembly, DVD Drive
There may be more than one (1) choice for a part. Check the Servie Parts Catalog
(SPC) for the correct material number and assembly level.

15.1.3 Required Tools


n Blank CD/DVD-R disk
n Service Key

15.1.4 Required Time


Replacing/Installing the DVD drive assembly takes approximately 15 to 30 minutes.

15.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the screen
to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the Off position.
4. Disconnect the system power cord from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 201 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
202 15 Replacing the DVD Drive Assembly

15.2 Removal of DVD Drive Assembly Instructions

15.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.

15.2.2 Remove the Removable DVD Drive Assembly


1. Disconnect cable P133 and USB Cable from the back of the DVD Drive Assembly.
Fig. 256: DVD Drive -- Rear view showing connections

2. Remove the DVD Drive assembly:

a) Loosen the two (2) captive screws on the front of the DVD Drive assembly.

Fig. 257: DVD Drive - Captive Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 202 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the DVD Drive Assembly 15 203

Fig. 258: Slim DVD Drive - Captive Screws

b) Grasp the bottom of the Assembly and pull it out of its compartment.

 The DVD Drive assembly fits tightly in the system. It may require some force to re‐
move it.

15.2.3 Install the DVD Drive Assembly

15.2.3.1 Install DVD Drive

1. Install the DVD Drive Assembly:

a) Slide the DVD Drive Assembly into its compartment, aligning the DVD Drive Assem‐
bly with the two (2) alignment pins on the back of the compartment.
b) Press the Assembly into the compartment to seat it properly.

Fig. 259: DVD Drive Assembly

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 203 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
204 15 Replacing the DVD Drive Assembly

2. Connect cable P133 and USB Cable to the back of the DVD Drive Assembly.
Fig. 260: DVD Drive -- Rear View Showing Connections

3. Fasten the two (2) captive screws on the front of the DVD Drive Assembly.
Fig. 261: DVD Drive - Captive Screws

Fig. 262: Slim DVD Drive - Captive Screws

4. Reboot the system.


5. Continue to next section.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 204 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the DVD Drive Assembly 15 205

15.2.4 Verify DVD Drive Assembly Installation


1. Once the system boots to the imaging window, verify that the DVD Drive driver has
successfully loaded.

a) Navigate to the ultrasound system’s Configuration window, then select Offline


Devices from the Configuration menu on the left side of the window.

a) Press System Config (F4).


b) Click System Config > Service > Local Service...
c) At the authentication screen, remove the autentication password and click OK.
A service license key is not required.
d) Click Configuration > Offline Devices.
The Offline Devices window displays:

Fig. 263: DICOM - Offline Devices Window

b) Verify CD-R is shown from the Select Logical Name drop-down menu.
c) In the Drive Letter drop-down menu, verify that the drive letter listed is R:, and no
error messages display.

 Error messages (for example, drive letter no longer exists) indicate incorrect configu‐
ration of the RDD assembly. If any error messages exist, configure the RDD assembly.

2. Test the DVD Drive assembly by archiving and retrieving a patient file to a blank DVD-
R.

15.2.5 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 205 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
206 15 Replacing the DVD Drive Assembly

1. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 206 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Hard Disk Drive 16 207

16.1 Overview
The document describes how to replace the hard disk drive (HDD). The HDD is integrated
with the RM Module.
Replacing the HDD requires that new system software be installed. When upgrading the
HDD, complete all sections of the software installation procedure. When replacing a dam‐
aged HDD the following software installation sections are not applicable:
n Check the System Settings
n Back Up the Presets
n Restore the Presets
To save time, call the customer to ask them to archive the Patient Database (if the system
is still functional)—preferably to a workstation— prior to visiting the site. In addition, any
obsolete patient records should be deleted. If the customer cannot successfully archive
the Patient Database, refer to Archive the Patient Database in the corresponding software
procedure. Archiving the Patient Database can take up to two hours.

 The system is not designed to be used as an archive device.

16.1.1 Workflow
1. Back Up the Presets
2. Remove the Upper Covers
3. Remove the E Module Cover
4. Remove the HDD
5. Install the HDD
6. Install the E Module Cover
7. Install the Upper Covers
8. Install the System Software

16.1.2 Required Material


HD, SATA, 1.5TB, Seagate or HD, ST2000NM0011, 2TB, SATA

16.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE tool kit
Service Key

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 207 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
208 16 Replacing the Hard Disk Drive

16.1.4 Required Time


The Replacing the Hard Disk Drive procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to exchange
the Hard Disk Drive and one (1) hour to re-install the software. If recalibration of the mon‐
itor is required, add an additional 30 minutes to required time.

16.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the Off position.
4. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 208 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Hard Disk Drive 16 209

16.2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Instructions

16.2.1 Back Up the Presets


Because installing new system software erases the Presets, back them up to avoid losing
the settings when replacing the Hard Disk Drive. A blank DVD-R is needed for this proce‐
dure. Refer to the related software installation procedure for instructions on backing up
the presets: ( Backup the Presets / US22-101.816.01) .

 When replacing a defective Hard Disk Drive the presets are not accessible, therefore it is
not possible to back up presets.

16.2.2 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the transducers from the system.


2. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
3. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.
4. Remove the system air filter. Reference ( Remove the System Air Filter / Page 161)
for instructions.
5. Remove the storage bin cover and battery. Reference ( Remove the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 166) for instructions.

 After disconnecting the battery, a quick boot cannot be run until completing the entire
startup sequence once.

6. Remove any OEM cables connected to the system and feed them through the left-rear
cover.
7. Remove the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 168) for instructions.
8. Remove the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 169) for instructions.
9. Remove the E Module OEM Support Bracket.

 The Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA2) made of a molded plastic composite does not have
the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 209 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
210 16 Replacing the Hard Disk Drive

16.2.3 Remove the Hard Disk Drive

 CAUTION
The system contains components that are sensitive to damage by electrostatic
discharge (ESD).
 Observe all ESD protective procedures and use ESD protective equipment in‐
cluding an ESD wrist strap when the protective covers are removed from the
system.

1. Remove the E Module cover. Reference ( Remove the E Module Cover / Page 215).
2. Disconnect the cables attached to the front of the HDD.
3. Remove the HDD module.

a) Loosen the two (2) captive screws on the HDD mounting bracket.

Fig. 264: HDD Bracket Screws

Fig. 265: HDD SATA and Power Connections

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 210 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Hard Disk Drive 16 211

b) Pull the module up and out to disengage it from the bracket.

16.2.4 Install the Hard Disk Drive

 CAUTION
The system contains components that are sensitive to damage by electrostatic
discharge (ESD).
 Observe all ESD protective procedures and use ESD protective equipment in‐
cluding an ESD wrist strap when the protective covers are removed from the
system.

1. Install HDD in its mounting bracket.


2. Attach the HDD module with bracket to the RM Module.
a) Slide the HDD assembly onto its mounting location in the RM module, then tighten
the screws.
b) Attach the HDD assembly cables to the HDD.
3. Install the E Module Cover. Reference ( Install the E Module Cover / Page 236)

16.2.5 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Install the E Module OEM Support Bracket.

 The Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA2) made of a molded plastic composite does not have
the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

2. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.
3. Install the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 174) for instructions.
4. Reconnect the OEM cables.
5. Install the battery and storage bin cover. Reference ( Install the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 177) for instructions.
6. Install the lower, right cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Right Cover / Page 184).
7. Install the system air filter. Reference ( Install the System Air Filter / Page 180) for
instructions.
8. Install the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Front Cov‐
er / Page 177) for instructions.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 211 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
212 16 Replacing the Hard Disk Drive

9. Install the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 179) for instructions.

16.2.6 Install the System Software


This procedure typically takes about 30 minutes, but may take up to one (1) hour if a
firmware upgrade is required. Refer to the following software installation procedures for
instructions to install the system software:
n Refer to the appropriate software installation procedure.

 Refer to the “SW and SW Patch Matrix”.

If a Hard Disk Drive upgrade was performed and the Presets were backed up, re-install the
Presets. If the Hard Disk Drive was replaced due to damage, then the Presets were not
backed up and therefore cannot be re-installed.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 212 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 213

17.1 Overview
When the RM Module is replaced, the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) will have to be reused in the
replacement RM Module.
The document describes how to remove an RM and its HDD and install the old HDD in the
new RM Module. The HDD is integrated with the RM Module.

17.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the Upper Covers
2. Remove the E Module Cover
3. Remove the RM Module
4. Remove the HDD
5. Install the HDD in the new RM Module
6. Install the RM Module
7. Install the E Module Cover
8. Install the Upper Covers
9. Verification
10. Perform the Electrical Safety Test

17.1.2 Required Material


HD, SATA, 1.5TB, Seagate, or the HD, ST2000NM0011, 2TB, SATA
System Software (If required)
There may be more than one (1) choice for a part. Check the Service Parts Catalog for the
correct material number and assembly level.

17.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE tool kit
Service Key

17.1.4 Required Time


The “Replacing RM Module While Reusing Old HDD” procedure takes approximately 20 mi‐
nutes to remove the Hard Disk Drive and install it in the new RM Module.

17.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the screen
to shut down the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 213 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
214 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.


3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the Off position.
4. Disconnect the system power cord from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

 CAUTION
Leakage tests must be performed after replacing electrical components connec‐
ted to non-isolated AC power.
 Failure to complete a leakage test may result in damage to the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 214 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 215

17.2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Instructions

17.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the transducers from the system.


2. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
3. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.
4. Remove the system air filter. Reference ( Remove the System Air Filter / Page 161)
for instructions.
5. Remove the storage bin cover. Reference ( Remove the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 166) for instructions.
6. Remove any OEM cables connected to the system and feed them through the left-rear
cover.
7. Remove the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 168) for instructions.
8. Remove the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 169) for instructions.
9. Remove the E Module OEM Support Bracket.

 The Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA2) made of a molded plastic composite does not have
the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

 CAUTION
The system contains components that are sensitive to damage by electrostatic
discharge (ESD).
 Observe all ESD protective procedures and use ESD protective equipment in‐
cluding an ESD wrist strap when the protective covers are removed from the
system.

17.2.2 Remove the E Module Cover


1. Disconnect the RM power cable.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 215 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
216 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

2. Loosen the two (2) screws that secure the OEM AC power cable connector to E Mod‐
ule cover.
Fig. 266: E Module -- OEM AC Cable Connector and RM Power Cable

3. Remove the OEM cable from the cable clips and remove the OEM power cable from
the E Module cover.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 216 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 217

4. Remove the four (4) screws from the E Module cover.


Fig. 267: E Module Cover -- Screws

5. Loosen the Cable Chute screw. This will make it easier to remove the E Module cover.
Fig. 268: Cable Chute Screw

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 217 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
218 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

6. Carefully pull the E Module cover from the E Module.

 The E Module cover fits tightly on the card cage and requires force to remove.

When removing the E Module cover, reposition any shielding strips that pulled way from

 the E Module.
The E Module has five (5) shielding strips.

Fig. 269: E Module with Five (5) Shielding Strips

17.2.3 Remove the RM Module


1. Open the upper and lower ejector tabs of the BE board.
2. Pull the BE board approximately one-inch out from the card cage to gain access to the
BE Board connectors.
3. Carefully disconnect the BE board connections:
- J4 -- Audio Out (Green)
- J5 -- Mic (Pink)
- J7 -- HDMI

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 218 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 219

- J8 -- RM Control
- J10 -- RM Control
- J14 -- USB0 and USB1
- J15 -- DVI
- RJ45 Ethernet Cable (Top)
Fig. 270: BE Board

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 219 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
220 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

4. Cut the tie-wrap and remove J1 -- PCIe.


Fig. 271: BE Board Connection -- J1

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 220 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 221

Fig. 272: BE Board Connections

5. Carefully disconnect the following RM connections:


- USB0 -- USB Upper Right
- USB1 -- USB Upper Left
- Audio (Green)
- Audio (Pink)
- HDMI Cable (Video Card)
- DVI Cable (Video Card Top)
- RJ45 Ethernet Cable (Top)

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 221 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
222 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

Fig. 273: RM Connections

6. Remove the Ethernet Network cable from the RJ45 Coupler.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 222 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 223

7. Remove the two (2) screws and remove the RJ45 Coupler from the Chassis.
Fig. 274: RJ45 Coupler

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 223 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
224 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

8. Remove the upper and lower RM Module bracket screws.


Fig. 275: RM Module Bracket Screws

9. Remove the RM Module.

17.2.4 Remove the Hard Disk Drive


1. Disconnect the cables attached to the front of the HDD.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 224 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 225

2. Remove the HDD module.

a) Loosen the two (2) screws on the HDD mounting bracket.

Fig. 276: HDD Bracket Screws

Fig. 277: HDD SATA and Power Connections

b) Pull the module up and out to disengage it from the bracket.

17.2.5 Install the Hard Disk Drive

 CAUTION
The system contains components that are sensitive to damage by electrostatic
discharge (ESD).
 Observe all ESD protective procedures and use ESD protective equipment in‐
cluding an ESD wrist strap when the protective covers are removed from the
system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 225 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
226 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

1. Install HDD in its mounting bracket on the new RM Module.


2. Attach the HDD module with bracket to the RM Module.

a) Slide the HDD assembly onto its mounting location in the RM Module, then tighten
the screws.
b) Attach the HDD assembly cables to the HDD.

17.2.6 Install the RM Module


1. Slide the RM Module into the RM slot in the card cage.
2. Attach the upper and lower RM Module bracket screws.
Fig. 278: RM Module Bracket Screws

3. Attach the following cables to the RM Module:


- USB0 -- USB Upper Right
- USB1 -- USB Upper Left

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 226 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 227

- Audio (Green)
- Audio (Pink)
- New DVI - Angled Connector (Video Card)
- New HDMI Type C - Small Angled Connector (Video Card)
Fig. 279: RM Module with Cable Connected

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 227 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
228 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

17.2.7 Install the BE3 Board


Fig. 280: BE3 Board Connections

1. Carefully slide the BE3 Board in the slots provided, leaving about five (5) inches of the
board sticking out.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 228 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 229

2. Attach J1 PCIe cable to the BE3 Board using a tie-wrap.

 The cable will click when secured correctly.

Fig. 281: BE Board Connection -- J1

3. Attach the USB Cables:


- RM Module USB1 (Upper Left) to BE3 Board (J14 - USB1)
- RM Module USB0 (Upper Right) to BE3 Board (J14 - USB0)
Fig. 282: RM Module to BE3 Board USB Connections

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 229 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
230 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

4. Attach the Audio Cables:


- RM Module Audio Out (Green) to BE3 Board (J4 - Green)
- RM Module Mic (Pink) to BE3 Board (J5 - Pink)
Fig. 283: RM Module to BE3 Board Audio Connections

5. Attach the RM Control Cables:


- RM Module (Multi-colored Cables) to BE3 Board (J8)
- RM Module (Red/Black Cables) to BE3 Board (J10)
Fig. 284: RM Module to BE3 Board Control Connections

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 230 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 231

6. Attach the RM DVI Cable:


- RM Module (DVI Angled Top) to BE3 Board (J15)
Fig. 285: RM Module to BE3 Board DVI Connection

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 231 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
232 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

7. Attach the RM HDMI Cable:


- RM Module (HDMI Angled Type C) to BE3 Board (HDMI Type A - J7)

 Loop the cable as displayed in the figure below.

Fig. 286: RM Module to BE3 Board HDMI Connection

8. Verify the RM Module to the BE3 Board connections:

BE3 Board RM Module


J8 Red/Black Cables
J10 Multi-colored Cables
J14 (USB0) USB0 (USB Upper Right)
J14 (USB1) USB1 (USB Upper Left)
J4 -- Audio Out Audio (Green)
(Green)
J5 -- Mic (Pink) Audio (Pink)
J15 (DVI) DVI Angled (Video Card
Top)
J7 (HDMI Type A) HDMI Angled Type C
(Video Card)

9. After connections are complete, slide the BE3 board the rest of the way into the card
cage.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 232 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 233

10. Engage the tabs on the BE3 board to secure it.


Fig. 287: RM Module to BE3 Cable Connections

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 233 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
234 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

11. Install the RJ45 Coupler using two (2) screws.


Fig. 288: RJ45 Coupler Installed

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 234 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 235

12. Connect the Ethernet cable between the RM RJ45 Connector (upper) and the RJ45
Coupler.

 The system may have an Isolator and two (2) Ethernet cables. This upgrade only requires
one (1) Ethernet cable.

Fig. 289: Ethernet Cable

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 235 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
236 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

17.2.8 Install the E Module Cover


1. Install the E Module cover on the E Module.

When removing the E Module cover, reposition any shielding strips that pulled way from

 the E Module.
The E Module has five (5) shielding strips.

Fig. 290: E Module with Five (5) Shielding Strips

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 236 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 237

2. Install and tighten the four (4) screws that secure the E Module cover to the system.
Fig. 291: Card Cage Cover Screws

3. Align the OEM Outlet to the card cage and tighten the two (2) screws.
4. Attach the OEM Outlet Cable to the card cage cable clips.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 237 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
238 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

5. Connect the RM power cable to the connector in the E Module cover.


Fig. 292: E Module -- OEM AC Cable Connector and RM Power Cable

6. Tighten the Cable Chute screw.


Fig. 293: Cable Chute Screw

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 238 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 239

17.2.9 Perform Software Installation


1. Insert software disk version VC30A or higher in the DVD Disk Drive. (Refer to Software
Installation procedure).

17.2.10 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

17.2.10.1 Install the E Module OEM Support Bracket

1. Reinstall the support bracket if removed.


2. Tighten with four (4) captive screws.
Fig. 294: E-Module OEM Support Bracket

 The Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA2) made of a molded plastic composite does not have
the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 239 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
240 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

17.2.10.2 Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cover

1. Align the cover on the system.


Fig. 295: Upper Left Rear Cover - Screw Shown

2. Tighten the two (2) captive fasteners.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 240 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 241

17.2.10.3 Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cover

1. Connect the existing battery cable between the Upper, Rear Panel and J38 connector
located below the E Module.
Fig. 296: Battery Cable

2. Align the cover to the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 241 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
242 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

3. Tighten the three (3) 1/4-turn fasteners.


Fig. 297: Upper Right Rear Cover Shown

4. Place the battery back into the system battery compartment.


5. Reconnect the OEM cables.
- Feed the OEM cables that were previously disconnected back through the opening
in the system platform.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 242 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 243

- Reconnect the cables according to the labels that were attached to the cables be‐
fore disconnection.

Fig. 298: OEM Cables

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 243 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
244 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

17.2.10.4 Install the Storage Bin Cover

1. Position the storage bin cover on the system.


Fig. 299: Storage Bin Cover

17.2.10.5 Install the Upper, Right-Front Cover

1. Hold the cover at the transducer ports recess and position the cover on the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 244 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 245

2. Press the cover to engage the ball snaps.


Fig. 300: Upper Right Front Cover

3. Tighten the 1/4-turn fasteners.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 245 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
246 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

17.2.10.6 Install the Physio Cover

1. Install either the Physio Cover Blank, or Physio Module Cover on the Upper, Left-Front
Cover.

 This procedure is only required if a new Upper, Left cover is replaced and requires a Phys‐
io Cover Blank or Physio Module Cover.

Fig. 301: Upper, Left Cover - Physio Cover Location

17.2.10.7 Install the Upper, Left-Front Cover

1. Hold the cover at the DVD and physio recess and position the cover on the system.
2. Press the cover to engage the ball snaps.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 246 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 247

3. Tighten the 1/4-turn fastener.


Fig. 302: Left Front Cover Shown

17.2.10.8 Install the System Air Filter

1. Slide the air filter into the air filter compartment on the system.
Fig. 303: Air Filter Shown

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 247 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
248 17 Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD)

17.2.11 Check the Boot Sequence


The following table summarizes the boot sequence for the system.
Tab. 1 Boot Sequence Summary

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
NA Standby mode (user n The Standby and monitor LEDs AC power tray. See AC Tray
initiated) illuminate amber. (PSAC) LED Faults /
n PS cooling module switches on. US22-101.840.01).

~0 to 17 Powering up (user in‐ n LEDs on the AC power supply il‐ AC power tray, E module, or
itiated) luminate. cable.
n Cooling module switches on.

Control panel execut‐ Control panel emits beep. Control panel.


ing a power-on self-
test (POST)
~17 to 47 BIOS starts executing “Siemens” screen displays E Module. See Boot Se‐
POST2 quence / US22-101.840.01.
BIOS finishes execut‐ n System emits a beep.
ing POST2
~47 to 107 Windows operating Windows screen displays. Various; check error mes‐
system loading sages and call the Customer
Care Center.
~107 to 227 syngo diagnostics System emits three “beeps”. Various; check error mes‐
available. sages and call Customer
Care Center.
syngo and imaging Syngo and imaging screens dis‐
application loading . plays.
3

1. Time is for reference purposes only and may vary significantly.


2. To access BIOS, press the delete key several times for 20 seconds immediately after starting the system. (VC30A and
above systems with an RM301 require a password to access the BIOS).
3. To remove the splash screen, position the cursor in the upper left corner of the FPD and press Q.

If errors occur during the following steps, use this table to identify which modules are re‐
sponsible. If necessary, contact the local Customer Care Service Center for help.

1. Switch on standby power. Make sure the system is connected to an external power
source, then turn on the MAIN power switch on the back of the AC power tray.
2. Power up the system. Press the green STANDBY button on the Control Panel. Verify
that the following occurs within the first four seconds of bootup:
- The LEDs on the AC power tray illuminate.
- The standby button changes to solid green.
- The fans switch on.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 248 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the RM Module (Reusing Old HDD) 17 249

- The control panel emits a beep, indicating that the power-on self-test (POST) is
complete.
3. Verify the video initialization.
4. Verify that the BIOS loads.
About 17 seconds after the system has been powered on, the BIOS initiates a POST
and the “Siemens” screen displays. After about 30 seconds, the system beeps.
5. Verify that Windows operating system loads. The Windows operating system screen
displays as the operating system loads. This takes about one (1) minute. Note any er‐
ror messages that appear during this time.
6. Verify that syngo loads. syngo takes about two minutes to load. During this time the
system displays the startup screen, which displays a number count.
- The system emits three “beeps” when the syngo diagnostics become available.
- The syngo user interface displays when loading is complete.

17.2.12 Test the RM Module


After replacing the RM Module, go to syngo TestTools and run the appropriate module
test(s) to confirm functionality. All tests must pass.

1. Launch the Service Software

a) Click System Config > Service > Local Service...


b) At the authentication screen, enter the service license key.
2. Run the Diagnostics.

a) Click TestTools.
b) Select the appropriate RM Module test and click Start.
c) When finished, exit the service software and reboot the system.

17.2.13 Perform the Electrical Safety Test


Perform the Electrical Safety Procedure. Refer to Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-003.860.01.xx.02 or General Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-004.860.01.xx.02.
For safety limits and submission of safety reports, refer to Electrical Safety Limits /
US22-101.833.01.xx.02 and Electrical Safety Test Report / US22-101.834.01.xx.02.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 249 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
250 18 Replacing the Physio Module

18.1 Overview
The physio module is an optional device that adds ECG capability. This document provides
the installation procedure for the physio module.

18.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the upper covers.
2. Remove the physio module.
3. Install the physio module.
4. Install the upper covers.
5. Perform the electrical safety test.
6. Perform the physio functionality test.

18.1.2 Required Materials


Physio Module

18.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit

18.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the physio module takes approximately 60 minutes.

18.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shut Down to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 250 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Physio Module 18 251

18.2 Physio Module Instructions

18.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the transducers from the system.


2. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
3. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.
4. Remove the system air filter. Reference ( Remove the System Air Filter / Page 161)
for instructions.
5. Remove the storage bin cover. Reference ( Remove the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 166)for instructions.
6. Remove any OEM cables connected to the system and feed them through the left-rear
cover.
7. Remove the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 168) for instructions.
8. Remove the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 169) for instructions.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 251 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
252 18 Replacing the Physio Module

18.2.2 Remove the Physio Module


1. Remove the cover bracket by removing the two (2) lower screws and loosening the
two (2) top captive screws.
Fig. 304: Cover Bracket

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 252 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Physio Module 18 253

2. Disconnect cable connector P76 from port J76 on the physio module.
Fig. 305: P76 Connector

3. Remove the physio module.

a) Remove the four (4) captive screws which attach the physio module.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 253 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
254 18 Replacing the Physio Module

b) Remove the physio module from the system.

Fig. 306: Physio Module Mounting Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 254 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Physio Module 18 255

18.2.3 Install the Physio Module


1. Attach the physio module.

a) Fasten the four (4) captive screws to attach the physio module.

Fig. 307: Physio Module Mounting Screws

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 255 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
256 18 Replacing the Physio Module

2. Connect cable connector P76 to port J76 of the physio module.


Fig. 308: Physio P76 connector

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 256 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Physio Module 18 257

3. Install the cover bracket by replacing the four (4) screws.


Fig. 309: Cover Bracket Screws

18.2.4 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.
2. Install the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 174) for instructions.
3. Reconnect the OEM cables.
4. Install the storage bin cover. Reference ( Install the Storage Bin Cover / Page 177) for
instructions.
5. Install the system air filter. Reference ( Install the System Air Filter / Page 180) for
instructions.
6. Install the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Front Cov‐
er / Page 177) for instructions.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 257 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
258 18 Replacing the Physio Module

7. Install the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 179) for instructions.

18.2.5 Perform the Electrical Safety Test


Perform the Electrical Safety Procedure. Refer to Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-003.860.01.xx.02 or General Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-004.860.01.xx.02.
For safety limits and submission of safety reports, refer to Electrical Safety Limits /
US22-101.833.01.xx.02 and Electrical Safety Test Report / US22-101.834.01.xx.02.

18.2.6 Test the Physio Module

 WARNING
To reduce the risk of electric shock and burns, use only the cable and patient
leads supplied with the ECG feature.
 Use of other ECG cables could defeat the current-limiting and electrical safety
features.

NOTICE
To avoid possible damage to the ECG cable, do not pull on the cable when discon‐
necting the ECG connector.
 Always grasp the connector housing.

The ECG inputs are defibrillation proof. However, in the event of defibrillation while us‐

 ing the ECG function, the ECG inputs may become saturated (overloaded). An ECG pat‐
tern may not be visible for up to 30 seconds. After this time, the ECG function should
return to normal operation.

1. Connect the System power cable to an external power source (wall outlet).
2. Plug in a transducer, then start up the system. Wait for the system to complete its
startup sequence.
3. Make sure 2D Mode is active. If not, press the 2D control on the control panel.
4. Make sure imaging mode is active. If not, select the Image task card tab to activate
imaging mode.
5. Activate the ECG function.

a) Connect the ECG main cable to the Physio Module.


b) Attach three ECG electrode patches to the body.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 258 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Physio Module 18 259

c) Connect the ECG leads to the ECG electrodes. Or connect the ECG leads to an ECG
simulator is available.

 A trace cannot be displayed unless all leads are connected to the patient or an ECG
simulator. The ECG curve will appear on the window.

d) Press the F13 button on the control panel to activate the Physio menu.
6. Reposition the Trace.

a) Select the Move ECG icon from the Physio group box of the 2D parameter menu.
The trace adjusts upwards.
b) Select the Move ECG icon from the Physio group box of the 2D parameter menu.
The trace adjusts downward.
7. Change the trace amplitude.

a) Select Configuration > Physio System.


b) Select the Manual Gain check box, then click Save.
c) Select the Decrease/Gain icon from the Physio group box of the 2D parameter
menu. The amplitude of the trace decreases.
d) Select the Increase/Gain icon from the Physio group box of the 2D parameter
menu. The amplitude of the trace increases.
8. Change the sweep speed of the trace.

The sweep speed of the trace can be changed only in 2D mode. During Doppler or M
 mode, the trace has the same scrolling speed as the Doppler spectrum or M-mode
sweep.

a) Select Configuration > Physio System.


b) Select the Auto Gain check box, then click Save.
c) Select the Speed icon from the Physio group box.
d) Rotate the Menu control on the control panel clockwise to increase the sweep
speed.

Decrease/Gain and Increase/Gain only appear after Manual Gain is selected in Physio

 System settings.
The Speed icon only appears when Auto Gain is selected in Physio System settings.

Rotating the Menu control will cycle through the pre-defined sweep speed settings.
 Select from five different sweep speed options (1,2,4,6, and 8). The Sweep Speed
icon will indicate the selected speed accordingly (for example, Phys Swp 1).

e) Rotate the Menu control counterclockwise to decrease the sweep speed.


f) Press the Menu control to confirm the setting and disengage the control.
9. Switch off/on the trace display.

a) Select the ECG icon from the Physio group box of the 2D parameter menu. The
trace disappears from the window.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 259 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
260 18 Replacing the Physio Module

b) Select the ECG icon again. The trace reappears on the window.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 260 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Gas Shock 19 261

19.1 Overview
This document provides the steps for replacing the gas shock. To access the shock, re‐
move the monitor, upper system covers, and the control panel.

19.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the FPD.
2. Remove the upper covers.
3. Remove the gas shock.
4. Install the gas shock.
5. Verify gas shock functionality.
6. Install the upper covers.
7. Install the FPD.

19.1.2 Required Material


Gas Spring

19.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit

19.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the gas shock takes approximately 90 minutes.

19.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 261 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
262 19 Replacing the Gas Shock

19.2 Gas Shock Instructions

19.2.1 Remove the FPD


Remove the FPD. Reference ( Remove the FPD / Page 16) for instructions.

19.2.2 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the transducers from the system.


2. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
3. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.

19.2.3 Remove Gas Shock

 WARNING
The gas shock cylinder contains gas under high pressure.
Be careful not to damage the gas shock cylinder.
 Failure to do so can result in serious injury.

1. Raise the Control Panel to the upper-most position.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 262 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Gas Shock 19 263

2. Remove the monitor frame post cover by removing the four (4) screws that attach the
cover to the system frame post.
Fig. 310: Column Mounting Brackets

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 263 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
264 19 Replacing the Gas Shock

3. For the Widescreen (Helx) with Touch Screen monitor post cover only: Disconnect the
backlit logo cable.
Fig. 311: Monitor Post Cover > Backlit Cable

4. Remove the 8mm safety bolt from its storage location on the base of the system
frame, then secure it in the lowest hole on the post.
Fig. 312: Column Security Bolt and Bolt Storage Location

It may be necessary to raise the control panel base slightly to secure the safety bolt com‐
 pletely. If the gas shock is defective and has lost pressure, it may be necessary to man‐
ually lift the control panel base to its upper limit before installing the safety bolt.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 264 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Gas Shock 19 265

5. Remove the four (4) 2.5mm screws from the back side of the upper frame post cover.
Fig. 313: Column Post -- Upper Frame Cover Backside Screws

6. Remove the 2.5mm screw which attaches the monitor cable to the upper frame post
cover.
Fig. 314: Column Post -- Monitor Cable Screw

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 265 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
266 19 Replacing the Gas Shock

7. Slide the column cover down to reveal the top of the gas shock.
8. Loosen the 4mm bolt located at the top of the gas shock cylinder, which attaches the
gas shock to the column.
Fig. 315: Gas Shock Upper Attachment Assembly -- attached to column

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 266 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Gas Shock 19 267

9. Carefully remove the CP release cable from the release lever.


Fig. 316: Release Lever Cable

NOTICE
Use caution when removing the CP release cable.
 Use caution when removing the CP release cable. The gas shock release lever
assembly can break if the cable is forced off.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 267 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
268 19 Replacing the Gas Shock

10. Remove the E-clip that fastens the gas shock to the bottom of the frame post.
Fig. 317: Gas Shock Lower Attachment

11. Using a flat-head screwdriver, pry the gas shock from the monitor post pin bolt.
Fig. 318: Remove Gas Shock from Monitor Post

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 268 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Gas Shock 19 269

12. Remove the loosened 4mm bolt from the top of the gas shock cylinder.
Fig. 319: Gas Shock 4mm Screw

13. Remove the gas shock from the column.


14. Remove the release lever from the top of the gas shock for reuse with the new gas
shock.
Fig. 320: Gas Shock -- Release Lever

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 269 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
270 19 Replacing the Gas Shock

19.2.4 Install the Gas Shock


1. Install the release lever that was removed from the old gas shock.
2. Attach the CP release cable to the release lever.
Fig. 321: Gas Shock -- CP Release Cable

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 270 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Gas Shock 19 271

3. Attach the upper section of the gas shock onto the monitor post bracket.
Fig. 322: Gas Shock -- Upper Attachment

4. Slide the bottom of the gas shock over the anchor pin.

 This will require using a screwdriver to depress the gas shock while pressing the CP gas
shock release lever.

Fig. 323: Depressing Gas Shock Using Screwdriver and CP Gas Shock Release Lever

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 271 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
272 19 Replacing the Gas Shock

5. Attach the E-Clip.


Fig. 324: Gas Shock -- E-Clip

6. Remove the safety bolt from the frame post and secure it in its storage location on the
base of the system.
Fig. 325: Column Security Bolt and Bolt Storage Location

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 272 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Gas Shock 19 273

7. Install the upper frame post cover.

a) Slide the cover into place and install the 2.5mm screw which attaches the monitor
cable to the upper frame post cover.

Fig. 326: Column Post -- Monitor Cable Screw

b) Install the four (4) 2.5mm screws into the back side of the upper frame post cover.

Fig. 327: Column Post -- Back Side Screws

 This step is required to prevent shear stress on the mounting system for the control
panel support.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 273 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
274 19 Replacing the Gas Shock

8. Test the gas shock.


Lower the control panel assembly using the control panel release button. Proceed to
Step 9 only if the system meets both of the following conditions:
- The control panel release button depresses all the way, with slight resistance. A
click sound indicates when the control is completely depressed.
- The assembly stays locked in the lower position and does not slowly move up.
9. For the Widescreen (Helx) with Touch Screen monitor post cover only: Reconnect the
backlit logo cable.
Fig. 328: Monitor Post Cover > Backlit Cable

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 274 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Gas Shock 19 275

10. Install the lower frame post cover by installing the four (4) screws that attach the cov‐
er to the system's frame post.
Fig. 329: Column Mounting Brackets

19.2.5 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.
2. Install the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 174) for instructions.

19.2.6 Install the FPD


1. Install the FPD. Reference ( Install the FPD / Page 21).
2. Verify the installation. Reference ( Verify the FPD Functionality / Page 25).

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 275 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
276 20 Replacing the TI Module

20.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the Transducer Interface (TI) module. To access the
module, remove the upper covers from the system.

20.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the system covers
2. Remove the TI Module
3. Install the TI Module
4. Install the system covers

20.1.2 Required Materials


ASSY, TI Module

20.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit
Service Key

20.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the TI module takes approximately 30 to 35 minutes.

20.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shutdown to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 276 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the TI Module 20 277

20.2 TI Module Instructions

20.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the E Module OEM Support Bracket.

 The Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA2) made of a molded plastic composite does not have
the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

2. Remove the transducers from the system.


3. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
4. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.
5. Remove the system air filter. Reference ( Remove the System Air Filter / Page 161)
for instructions.
6. Remove the storage bin cover. Reference ( Remove the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 166) for instructions.
7. Remove any OEM cables connected to the system and feed them through the left-rear
cover.
8. Remove the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 168) for instructions.
9. Remove the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 169) for instructions.

20.2.2 Remove the TI Module


1. Cut the two (2) cable ties located under the DVD drive.
Fig. 330: TI Module Cable -- Cable Ties Under DVD Drive

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 277 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
278 20 Replacing the TI Module

2. Cut cable tie and disconnect footswitch cable J2A on the I/O Module.
Fig. 331: I/O Module J2A

Fig. 332: Widescreen I/O Module Top Connections

2 5 7 4

1 3
6
(1) J1A - Control Panel USB
(2) J1B - WIFI USB
(3) J2A - Footswitch USB
(4) J2B - DVD USB
(5) J11 - Control Panel Power
(6) J12A - Physio Module
(7) J12B - (RDD) DVD Drive Power

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 278 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the TI Module 20 279

3. Cut the cable bundle tie wrap near the TI connector edge.
Fig. 333: Cable Bundle -- Tie Wrap

4. Cut the cable bundle tie wrap in front of the TI module.


Fig. 334: Cable Bundler -- Tie Wrap

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 279 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
280 20 Replacing the TI Module

5. Open the cable clips near the E Module.


Fig. 335: Cable Clips

6. Remove the OEM AC Connector Cable cover.


Fig. 336: OEM AC Connector Cable Cover

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 280 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the TI Module 20 281

7. Loosen the two (2) captive screws that secure the TI module.
Fig. 337: TI Module Captive Screws

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 281 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
282 20 Replacing the TI Module

8. Move the cables that are obstructing the removal of the TI Module.
Fig. 338: Relocation of Cables

9. Remove the module.

a) Pull the TI module out and then lift up.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 282 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the TI Module 20 283

b) Slide the module out of its compartment.

Fig. 339: TI Module - Removal - Pull Out then Lift Up

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 283 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
284 20 Replacing the TI Module

20.2.3 Install the TI Module


1. Install the Module.

a) Carefully guide the TI Module in its compartment. Then press the TI Module into
the back plane connector.

 Use extreme care, because the connector pins may be damaged if the TI Module is
incorrectly placed into the compartment.

Fig. 340: TI Module Installation - Place Down then Press In

b) Make sure the TI Module connects firmly to the TI connector strip.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 284 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the TI Module 20 285

2. Tighten the two (2) captive screws that attach the TI module to the system.
Fig. 341: TI Captive Screws

3. Thread cable from the TI Module under the DVD Drive, and connect the USB cable to
I/O Module J2A.
Fig. 342: I/O Module J2A

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 285 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
286 20 Replacing the TI Module

Fig. 343: Widescreen I/O Module Top Connections

2 5 7 4

1 3
6
(1) J1A - Control Panel USB
(2) J1B - WIFI USB
(3) J2A - Footswitch USB
(4) J2B - DVD USB
(5) J11 - Control Panel Power
(6) J12A - Physio Module
(7) J12B - (RDD) DVD Drive Power
4. Secure cables with a tie wrap.
5. Tie wrap the TI Module cable to the cable bundle under the DVD Drive.
Fig. 344: TI Cable Tie Wraps

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 286 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the TI Module 20 287

6. Tie wrap the TI Module cable to the cable bundle next to the TI Module.
Fig. 345: TI Cable Tie Wraps

7. Move the cables into the space around the TI Module and attach a tie wrap.
Fig. 346: Cable Relocation with Tie Wrap

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 287 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
288 20 Replacing the TI Module

8. Route the OEM AC Connector cable and add the cable cover.
Fig. 347: OEM AC Connector Cable Cover

9. Route the cables behind the E Module and close the cable clips.
Fig. 348: Cable Clips

20.2.4 Check the Boot Sequence


The following table summarizes the boot sequence for the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 288 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the TI Module 20 289

Tab. 2 Boot Sequence Summary

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
NA Standby mode (user n The Standby and monitor LEDs AC power tray. See AC Tray
initiated) illuminate amber. (PSAC) LED Faults /
n PS cooling module switches on. US22-101.840.01.

~0 to 17 Powering up (user in‐ n LEDs on the AC power supply il‐ AC power tray, E Module, or
itiated) luminate. cable.
n Cooling module switches on.

Control panel execut‐ Control panel emits beep. Control panel.


ing a power-on self-
test (POST)
~17 to 47 BIOS starts executing “Siemens” window displays E Module. See Boot Se‐
POST2 quence Signal BIOS Path /
US22-101.840.01..
BIOS finishes execut‐ n System emits a beep.
ing POST2
~47 to 107 Windows operating Windows window displays. Various; check error mes‐
system loading sages and call the Customer
Care Center.
~107 to 227 syngo diagnostics System emits three “beeps”. Various; check error mes‐
available. sages and call Customer
Care Center.
syngo and imaging Syngo and imaging windows dis‐
application loading3. plays.

1. Time is for reference purposes only and may vary significantly.


2. To access BIOS, press the delete key several times for 20 seconds immediately after starting the system. (VC30A and
above systems with an RM301 require a password to access the BIOS).
3. To remove the splash screen, position the cursor in the upper left corner of the FPD and press Q.

If errors occur during the following steps, use this table to identify which modules are re‐
sponsible. If necessary, contact the local Customer Care Center for help.

1. Switch on standby power. Make sure the system is connected to an external power
source, then turn on the MAIN power switch on the back of the AC power tray.
2. Power up the system. Press the green STANDBY button on the Control Panel. Verify
that the following occurs within the first four seconds of bootup:
- The LEDs on the AC power tray illuminate.
- The standby button changes to solid green.
- The fans switch on.
- The control panel emits a beep, indicating that the power-on self-test (POST) is
complete.
3. Verify the video initialization.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 289 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
290 20 Replacing the TI Module

4. Verify that the BIOS loads.


About 17 seconds after the system has been powered on, the BIOS initiates a POST
and the Siemens window displays. After about 30 seconds, the system beeps.
5. Verify that Windows operating system loads. The Windows operating system window
displays as the operating system loads. This takes about one minute. Note any error
messages that appear during this time.
6. Verify that syngo loads. syngo takes about two (2) minutes to load. During this time
the system displays the startup window, which displays a number count.
- The system emits three “beeps” when the syngo diagnostics become available.
- The syngo user interface displays when loading is complete.

20.2.5 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Install the E Module OEM Support Bracket.

 The Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA2) made of a molded plastic composite does not have
the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

2. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.
3. Install the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 174) for instructions.
4. Reconnect the OEM cables.
5. Install the storage bin cover. Reference ( Install the Storage Bin Cover / Page 177) for
instructions.
6. Install the system air filter. Reference ( Install the System Air Filter / Page 180) for
instructions.
7. Install the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Front Cov‐
er / Page 177) for instructions.
8. Install the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 179) for instructions.

20.2.6 Test the Module


After replacing the module, go to syngo TestTools and run the appropriate module test(s)
to confirm functionality. All tests must pass.

1. Launch the Service Software

a) Click System Config > Service > Local Service...


b) At the authentication window, enter the service license key.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 290 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the TI Module 20 291

2. Run the Diagnostics.

a) Click TestTools.
b) Select the appropriate module test(s) and click Start.
c) When finished, exit the service software and reboot the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 291 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
292 21 Replacing the I/O Module

21.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the Input/Output (I/O) module. To access the module,
remove the upper covers from the system.

21.1.1 Workflow
Workflow:
1. Remove the upper covers.
2. Remove the air filter.
3. Remove the I/O module.
4. Install the I/O module.
5. Install the air filter.
6. Install the upper covers.
7. Verification.

21.1.2 Required Materials


Assy, Input/Output Module

21.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit

21.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the I/O module takes approximately 30 to 35 minutes.

21.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shut Down to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 292 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the I/O Module 21 293

21.2 I/O Module Instructions

21.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the transducers from the system.


2. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
3. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.
4. Remove the system air filter. Reference ( Remove the System Air Filter / Page 161)
for instructions.
5. Remove the storage bin cover. Reference ( Remove the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 166) for instructions.
6. Remove any OEM cables connected to the system and feed them through the left-rear
cover.
7. Remove the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 168) for instructions.
8. Remove the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 169) for instructions.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 293 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
294 21 Replacing the I/O Module

21.2.2 Remove the Cable Chute


1. Remove the three (3) screws that secure the Cable Chute.
Fig. 349: Cable Chute

21.2.3 Remove the I/O Module


1. Cut the tie wraps and remove the cables from the top of the I/O module.
Fig. 350: I/O Module -- Top Connections with Tie-Wraps

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 294 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the I/O Module 21 295

Fig. 351: Widescreen I/O Module Top Connections

2 5 7 4

1 3
6
(1) J1A - Control Panel USB
(2) J1B - WIFI USB
(3) J2A - Footswitch USB
(4) J2B - DVD USB
(5) J11 - Control Panel Power
(6) J12A - Physio Module
(7) J12B - (RDD) DVD Drive Power
2. Remove the cables from the side of the I/O module:
Fig. 352: I/O Module -- Side Connections

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 295 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
296 21 Replacing the I/O Module

3. Loosen the two (2) captive screws and remove the I/O module grounding bracket.
Fig. 353: I/O Module Grounding Bracket

4. Disconnect the I/O module from the connector strip:

a) Loosen the two (2) captive screws on the left side of the module.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 296 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the I/O Module 21 297

b) Pull the left side of the module to dislodge it from the connector strip.

Fig. 354: I/O Module Captive Screws

5. Remove the I/O Module from the system.

21.2.4 Install the I/O Module


1. Connect the I/O module to the connector strip:

a) Align the I/O module with the two (2) alignment pins on the system frame.
b) Use equal pressure on the top and bottom of the I/O module to connect the I/O
module to the connector strip.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 297 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
298 21 Replacing the I/O Module

c) Tighten the two (2) captive screws on the left side of the module.

Fig. 355: I/O Module Captive Screws

2. Install the grounding bracket:

a) Install the grounding bracket.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 298 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the I/O Module 21 299

b) Tighten the two (2) captive screws that secure the grounding bracket to the I/O
module.

Fig. 356: I/O Module Grounding Bracket

3. Connect all cables to the top of the I/O Module:


Fig. 357: Widescreen I/O Module Top Connections

2 5 7 4

1 3
6
(1) J1A - Control Panel USB
(2) J1B - WIFI USB
(3) J2A - Footswitch USB
(4) J2B - DVD USB
(5) J11 - Control Panel Power
(6) J12A - Physio Module
(7) J12B - (RDD) DVD Drive Power

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 299 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
300 21 Replacing the I/O Module

4. Use a cable tie to secure the two (2) USB connectors: J1A and J1B, and J2A and J2B.
Fig. 358: I/O Module Tie-Wraps

5. Connect P8A, P8B, and P16 into the I/O module.


Fig. 359: I/O Module P8A, P8B, and P16 Connections

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 300 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the I/O Module 21 301

Fig. 360: Widescreen I/O Module Side Connections 1. J18 HDMI Out (DVR)
2. J19 HDMI In (DVR)
3. J9 DVI (External Monitor)
4. J4A and J4B USB
5. J5A and J5B USB
6. J8B Input Power from AC Tray
7. J16 HDMI (FPD)
8. J13 ECG Trigger
9. Diagnostic LEDs
10. J8A Audio (FPD)

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 301 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
302 21 Replacing the I/O Module

21.2.5 Install the Cable Chute


1. Install the Cable Chute using three (3) screws.
Fig. 361: Cable Chute

21.2.6 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.
2. Install the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 174) for instructions.
3. Reconnect the OEM cables.
4. Install the storage bin cover. Reference ( Install the Storage Bin Cover / Page 177) for
instructions.
5. Install the system air filter. Reference ( Install the System Air Filter / Page 180) for
instructions.
6. Install the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Front Cov‐
er / Page 177) for instructions.
7. Install the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 179) for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 302 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the I/O Module 21 303

21.2.7 Test the Module


Test the following functions:
n Verify System status using LEDs 1-9
n Verify Audio L/R
n Verify Network Connectivity and function
Check Peripheral Devices
n USB printers (b/w color, onboard/offboard)
n DVR (control/record/playback + audio functions)
n Report Printers
n External devices using video or parallel port

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 303 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
304 22 Replacing the E Module

22.1 Overview
This procedure describes how to replace the E Module.

22.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the upper covers.
2. Remove the input/output (I/O) module.
3. Remove the transducer interface (TI) module.
4. Remove the Physio Module.
5. Remove the digital power supply (PSD).
6. Remove the analog power supply (PSA).
7. Remove the E Module Boards.
8. Remove the E Module card cage.
9. Install the E Module card cage.
10. Install the E Module boards.
11. Install the analog power supply (PSA).
12. Install the digital power supply (PSD).
13. Install the Physio Module.
14. Install the input/output (I/O) module.
15. Install the transducer interface (TI) module.
16. Install the upper covers.
17. Verification.

22.1.2 Required Materials


Assy, Generic E-Module

22.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit
Service Key

22.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the E Module takes approximately 60 to 75 minutes.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 304 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module 22 305

22.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shut Down to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 305 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
306 22 Replacing the E Module

22.2 E Module Instructions

22.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the transducers from the system.


2. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
3. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.
4. Remove the system air filter. Reference ( Remove the System Air Filter / Page 161)
for instructions.
5. Remove the storage bin cover. Reference ( Remove the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 166) for instructions.
6. Remove any OEM cables connected to the system and feed them through the left-rear
cover.
7. Remove the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 168) for instructions.
8. Remove the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 169) for instructions.
9. Remove the lower, left cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183)
for instructions.
10. Remove the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

 The Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA2) made of a molded plastic composite does not have
the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

22.2.2 Remove the E Module Boards and Modules


1. Remove the I/O module. Reference ( Remove the I/O Module / Page 294) for instruc‐
tions.
2. Remove the TI module. Reference ( Remove the TI Module / Page 277) for instruc‐
tions.
3. Remove the Physio module. Reference ( Remove the Physio Module / Page 252) for
instructions.
4. Remove the PSD module. Reference ( Remove the PSD Module / Page 335) for in‐
structions.
5. Remove the PSA module. Reference ( Remove the PSA Module / Page 340) for in‐
structions.
6. Remove the E Module boards. Reference ( Remove the E Module Cover / Page 215)
and ( Remove the E Module Boards / Page 318) for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 306 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module 22 307

22.2.3 Remove the E Module


1. Detach the E Module from the frame assembly:

a) Loosen the two (2) captive screws on the front-left side of the module.

Fig. 362: E Module -- Front-Left Side Screws

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 307 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
308 22 Replacing the E Module

b) Loosen the two (2) screws from the lower, right side of the module.

Fig. 363: E Module -- Lower, Right Side Screws

c) Loosen the captive screw on the lower, left rear side of the module.

Fig. 364: E Module -- Lower Left Screw

2. Remove the E Module from the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 308 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module 22 309

22.2.4 Install the E Module


1. Slide the E module into the frame using the guide rail.
Fig. 365: E Module -- Guide Rail

2. Connect the E Module to the frame assembly:

a) Tighten the captive screw on in the lower, left side of the module.
b) Tighten the two (2) captive screws on the lower-right side of the module.
c) Tighten the two (2) captive screws on front-left side of the module.

22.2.5 Replace the E-Module Boards and Modules


1. Install the E Module Boards and E Module cover. Reference ( Install the E Module
Boards / Page 322) and ( Install the E Module Cover / Page 236).
2. Install the PSA module. Reference ( Install the PSA Module / Page 343) for instruc‐
tions.
3. Install the PSD module. Reference ( Install the PSD Module / Page 346) for instruc‐
tions.
4. Install the Physio module. Reference ( Install the Physio Module / Page 255) for in‐
structions.
5. Install the TI module. Reference ( Install the TI Module / Page 284) for instructions.
6. Install the I/O module. Reference ( Install the I/O Module / Page 297) for instructions.

22.2.6 Install the Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 309 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
310 22 Replacing the E Module

1. Install the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

 The Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA2) made of a molded plastic composite does not have
the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

2. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.
3. Install the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 174) for instructions.
4. Reconnect the OEM cables.
5. Install the storage bin cover. Reference ( Install the Storage Bin Cover / Page 177) for
instructions.
6. Install the system air filter. Reference ( Install the System Air Filter / Page 180) for
instructions.
7. Install the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Front Cov‐
er / Page 177) for instructions.
8. Install the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 179) for instructions.
9. Install the lower, left cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183) for
instructions.

22.2.7 Check the Boot Sequence


The following table summarizes the boot sequence for the system.
Tab. 3 Boot Sequence Summary

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
NA Standby mode (user n The Standby and monitor LEDs AC power tray. See AC Tray
initiated) illuminate amber. (PSAC) LED Faults /
n PS cooling module switches on. US22-101.840.01.

~0 to 17 Powering up (user in‐ n LEDs on the AC power supply il‐ AC power tray, E Module, or
itiated) luminate. cable.
n Cooling module switches on.

Control panel execut‐ Control panel emits beep. Control panel.


ing a power-on self-
test (POST)
~17 to 47 BIOS starts executing “Siemens” window displays E Module. See Boot Se‐
POST2 quence / US22-101.840.01.
BIOS finishes execut‐ n System emits a beep.
ing POST2

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 310 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module 22 311

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
~47 to 107 Windows operating Windows window displays. Various; check error mes‐
system loading sages and call the Customer
Care Center.
~107 to 227 syngo diagnostics System emits three “beeps”. Various; check error mes‐
available. sages and call Customer
Care Center.
syngo and imaging Syngo and imaging windows dis‐
application loading3. plays.

1. Time is for reference purposes only and may vary significantly.


2. To access BIOS, press the delete key several times for 20 seconds immediately after starting the system. (VC30A and
above systems with an RM301 require a password to access the BIOS).
3. To remove the splash screen, position the cursor in the upper left corner of the FPD and press Q.

If errors occur during the following steps, use this table to identify which modules are re‐
sponsible. If necessary, contact the local Customer Care Center for help.

1. Switch on standby power. Make sure the system is connected to an external power
source, then turn on the MAIN power switch on the back of the AC power tray.
2. Power up the system. Press the green STANDBY button on the Control Panel. Verify
that the following occurs within the first four (4) seconds of bootup:
- The LEDs on the AC power tray illuminate.
- The standby button changes to solid green.
- The fans switch on.
- The control panel emits a beep, indicating that the power-on self-test (POST) is
complete.
3. Verify the video initialization.
4. Verify that the BIOS loads.
About 17 seconds after the system has been powered on, the BIOS initiates a POST
and the “Siemens” window displays. After about 30 seconds, the system beeps.
5. Verify that Windows operating system loads. The Windows operating system window
displays as the operating system loads. This takes about one (1) minute. Note any er‐
ror messages that appear during this time.
6. Verify that syngo loads. syngo takes about two (2) minutes to load. During this time
the system displays the startup window, which displays a number count.
- The system emits three “beeps” when the syngo diagnostics become available.
- The syngo user interface displays when loading is complete.

22.2.8 Test the Module


After replacing the module, go to syngo TestTools and run the appropriate E Module
test(s) to confirm functionality. All tests must pass.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 311 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
312 22 Replacing the E Module

1. Launch the Service Software

a) Click System Config > Service > Local Service...


b) At the authentication window, enter the service license key.
2. Run the Diagnostics.

a) Click TestTools.
b) Select the appropriate E Module test(s) and click Start.
c) When finished, exit the service software and reboot the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 312 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module Boards 23 313

23.1 Overview
This procedure describes how to replace the E Module boards. To access the boards, re‐
move the upper covers from the system and the E Module cover.

23.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the upper covers.
2. Remove the E Module cover.
3. Remove the E Module board(s).
4. Install the E Module board(s).
5. Install the E Module cover.
6. Install the upper covers.
7. Verification.

23.1.2 Required Materials


E Module boards

23.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit

23.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the E Module Boards takes approximately 30 to 45 minutes.

23.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shut Down to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 313 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
314 23 Replacing the E Module Boards

23.2 E Module Board Instructions

23.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the transducers from the system.


2. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
3. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.
4. Remove the system air filter. Reference ( Remove the System Air Filter / Page 161)
for instructions.
5. Remove the storage bin cover. Reference ( Remove the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 166) for instructions.
6. Remove any OEM cables connected to the system and feed them through the left-rear
cover.
7. Remove the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 168) for instructions.
8. Remove the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 169) for instructions.
9. Remove the E Module OEM Support Bracket.

 The Trolley Frame Assembly (TFA2) made of a molded plastic composite does not have
the E-Module OEM Support Bracket.

23.2.2 Remove the E Module Cover

 CAUTION
The system contains components that are sensitive to damage by electrostatic
discharge (ESD).
 Observe all ESD protective procedures and use ESD protective equipment in‐
cluding an ESD wrist strap when the protective covers are removed from the
system.

1. Disconnect the RM power cable.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 314 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module Boards 23 315

2. Remove the two (2) screws that secure the OEM AC power cable connector to E Mod‐
ule cover.
Fig. 366: E Module -- OEM AC Cable Connector and RM Power Cable

3. Remove the plastic cable tray from the cable tray and remove the OEM power cable
from the E Module cover.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 315 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
316 23 Replacing the E Module Boards

4. Remove the four (4) screws from the E Module cover.


Fig. 367: E Module Cover -- Screws

5. Loosen the Cable Chute screw. This will make it easier to remove the E Module cover.
Fig. 368: Cable Chute Screw

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 316 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module Boards 23 317

6. Carefully pull the E Module cover from the E Module.

 The E Module cover fits tightly on the card cage and requires force to remove.

When removing the E Module cover, reposition any shielding strips that pulled way from

 the E Module.
The E Module has five (5) shielding strips.

Fig. 369: E Module with Five (5) Shielding Strips

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 317 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
318 23 Replacing the E Module Boards

23.2.3 Remove the E Module Boards


Fig. 370: Widescreen E Module Boards

The board order in the card cage, starting from the left and moving to the right:
n TR2
n TR1
n TR0
n CB
n RC
n BE
n RM

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 318 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module Boards 23 319

23.2.3.1 For: TR2, TR1, TR0, RC, CB Boards

1. Open the upper and lower ejector tabs of the board.


Fig. 371: E Module Boards -- Tabs

2. Pull the board out from the E module.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 319 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
320 23 Replacing the E Module Boards

23.2.3.2 For: BE Board

1. Open the upper and lower ejector tabs of BE Board, and pull the board out approxi‐
mately one (1) inch.
Fig. 372: BE Board

2. Carefully disconnect the BE Board Connectors, except J1.

a) J4 -- Audio Out (Green)


b) J5 -- Mic (Pink)
c) J7 -- HDMI
d) J8 -- RM Control
e) J10 -- RM Control
f) J14 -- USB0 and USB1
g) J15 -- DVI

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 320 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module Boards 23 321

Fig. 373: BE Board Connectors

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 321 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
322 23 Replacing the E Module Boards

3. Cut the tie-wrap and remove J1 -- PCIe.


Fig. 374: BE Board Connection -- J1

4. Remove BE Board.

23.2.4 Install the E Module Boards

23.2.4.1 For: TR2, TR1, TR0, CB and RC Boards

1. Slide the board in to the rails that correspond to the board being replaced.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 322 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module Boards 23 323

2. Close the ejector tabs to secure the board to the card cage connector.
Fig. 375: E-Module Boards -- Tabs

23.2.4.2 Install the BE Board


This section describes the steps required to install and connect the BE Board to the RM.
1. Carefully slide the BE Board in the slots provided, leaving about five (5) inches of the
board sticking out.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 323 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
324 23 Replacing the E Module Boards

2. Connect RM Module PCIe cable to J1 and attach a tie wrap.

 The cable will click when secured correctly.

Fig. 376: BE Board Connection -- J1

3. Connect the remaining RM Module cables to the BE board:

BE Board RM Module
J8 P8 (Red/Black Cables)
J10 P10 (Multi-colored Ca‐
bles)
J14 (USB0) USB0 (USB Upper Right)
J14 (USB1) USB1 (USB Upper Left)
J4 -- Audio Out Audio (Green)
(Green)
J5 -- Mic (Pink) Audio (Pink)
J15 (DVI) DVI Angled (Video Card
Top)
J7 (HDMI Type HDMI Angled Type C
A) (Video Card)

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 324 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module Boards 23 325

Fig. 377: BE Board Connections

4. After connections are complete, slide the BE board the rest of the way into the card
cage.
5. Engage the tabs on the BE board to secure it.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 325 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
326 23 Replacing the E Module Boards

23.2.5 Install the E Module Cover


1. Install the E Module cover on the E Module.

When removing the E Module cover, reposition any shielding strips that pulled way from

 the E Module.
The E Module has five (5) shielding strips.

Fig. 378: E Module with Five (5) Shielding Strips

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 326 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module Boards 23 327

2. Install and tighten the four (4) screws that secure the E Module cover to the system.
Fig. 379: Card Cage Cover Screws

3. Route the OEM AC power cable through the cable tray and attach the cable tray cover.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 327 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
328 23 Replacing the E Module Boards

4. Connect the RM power cable to the connector in the E Module cover.


Fig. 380: E Module -- OEM AC Cable Connector and RM Power Cable

5. Tighten the Cable Chute screw.


Fig. 381: Cable Chute Screw

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 328 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module Boards 23 329

23.2.6 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.
2. Install the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 174) for instructions.
3. Reconnect the OEM cables.
4. Install the storage bin cover. Reference ( Install the Storage Bin Cover / Page 177) for
instructions.
5. Install the system air filter. Reference ( Install the System Air Filter / Page 180) for
instructions.
6. Install the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Front Cov‐
er / Page 177) for instructions.
7. Install the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 179) for instructions.

23.2.7 Check the Boot Sequence


The following table summarizes the boot sequence for the system.
Tab. 4 Boot Sequence Summary

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
NA Standby mode (user n The Standby and monitor LEDs AC power tray. See AC Tray
initiated) illuminate amber. (PSAC) LED Faults /
n PS cooling module switches on. US22-101.840.01.

~0 to 17 Powering up (user in‐ n LEDs on the AC power supply il‐ AC power tray, E Module, or
itiated) luminate. cable.
n Cooling module switches on.

Control panel execut‐ Control panel emits beep. Control panel.


ing a power-on self-
test (POST)
~17 to 47 BIOS starts executing “Siemens” window displays E Module. See Boot Se‐
POST2 quence / US22-101.840.01.
BIOS finishes execut‐ n System emits a beep.
ing POST2
~47 to 107 Windows operating Windows window displays. Various; check error mes‐
system loading sages and call the Customer
Care Center.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 329 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
330 23 Replacing the E Module Boards

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
~107 to 227 syngo diagnostics System emits three “beeps”. Various; check error mes‐
available. sages and call Customer
Care Center.
syngo and imaging Syngo and imaging windows dis‐
application loading . plays.
3

1. Time is for reference purposes only and may vary significantly.


2. To access BIOS, press the delete key several times for 20 seconds immediately after starting the system. (VC30A and
above systems with an RM301 require a password to access the BIOS).
3. To remove the splash screen, position the cursor in the upper left corner of the FPD and press Q.

If errors occur during the following steps, use this table to identify which modules are re‐
sponsible. If necessary, contact the local Customer Care Center for help.

1. Switch on standby power. Make sure the system is connected to an external power
source, then turn on the MAIN power switch on the back of the AC power tray.
2. Power up the system. Press the green STANDBY button on the Control Panel. Verify
that the following occurs within the first four (4) seconds of boot-up:
- The LEDs on the AC power tray illuminate.
- The standby button changes to solid green.
- The fans switch on.
- The control panel emits a beep, indicating that the power-on self-test (POST) is
complete.
3. Verify the video initialization.
4. Verify that the BIOS loads.
About 17 seconds after the system has been powered on, the BIOS initiates a POST
and the “Siemens” window displays. After about 30 seconds, the system beeps.
5. Verify that Windows operating system loads. The Windows operating system window
displays as the operating system loads. This takes about one (1) minute. Note any er‐
ror messages that appear during this time.
6. Verify that syngo loads. syngo takes about two (2) minutes to load. During this time
the system displays the startup window, which displays a number count.
- The system emits three (3) “beeps” when the syngo diagnostics become available.
- The syngo user interface displays when loading is complete.

23.2.8 Calibrate A/D offset and SCW Tx

The Calibrate SCW Tx section is only necessary if the system has a CB Board and if a TR
 Board and/or PSA were replaced. Otherwise, the Calibrate SCW Tx procedure is not re‐
quired.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 330 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the E Module Boards 23 331

To calibrate A/D offset and SCW Tx:


1. Select TuneUp from the Service Software Home Menu.
A dialog box will display - Please ensure that all probes are disconnected and RE‐
MOVED from the three (3) connectors of the system, including the CW probe.
2. Remove all transducers from the system and click OK. The system will display the fol‐
lowing window:
Fig. 382: TuneUp Calibration Functions

3. Select the A2D DC Offset Calibration Function and click Start.


Fig. 383: Closeup of TuneUp Calibration Functions

Once the calibration is completed, ensure that the function has passed - troubleshoot
any failures before proceeding.

 Review the Test Results on the Report Files page to determine any failures

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 331 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
332 23 Replacing the E Module Boards

4. Select the SCW TxPower Calibration Function and click Start.


After calibration completes, ensure that the function has passed. Troubleshoot any
failures before proceeding.

23.2.9 Test the Module


After replacing the module, go to syngo TestTools and run the appropriate module test(s)
to confirm functionality. All tests must pass.

1. Launch the Service Software

a) Click System Config > Service > Local Service...


b) At the authentication window, enter the service license key.
2. Run the Diagnostics.

a) Click TestTools.
b) Select the appropriate module test(s) and click Start.
c) When finished, exit the service software and reboot the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 332 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 333

24.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the analog power supply (PSA). To access the module,
remove the upper system covers, the lower system covers, the physio module, and the
digital power supply (PSD), which overlaps the PSA.

24.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the system covers
2. Remove the Physio Module
3. Remove the PSA Module
4. Install the PSA Module
5. Install the Physio Module
6. Install the system covers

24.1.2 Required Materials


Power Supply, Analog

24.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit
Service Key

24.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the PSA module takes approximately 35 to 40 minutes.

24.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shut Down to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 333 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
334 24 Replacing the PSA Module

24.2 PSA Module Instructions

24.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the transducers from the system.


2. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
3. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.
4. Remove the system air filter. Reference ( Remove the System Air Filter / Page 161)
for instructions.
5. Remove the storage bin cover. Reference ( Remove the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 166) for instructions.
6. Remove any OEM cables connected to the system and feed them through the left-rear
cover.
7. Remove the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 168) for instructions.
8. Remove the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 169) for instructions.

24.2.2 Remove Lower Covers


1. Remove the lower, left cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183)
for instructions.

24.2.3 Remove the Physio Module


The Physio Module is attached by bracket and screws to the front of the PSA module. Re‐
move the Physio Module. Reference ( Remove the Physio Module / Page 252).

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 334 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 335

24.2.4 Remove the PSD Module


1. Disconnect the PSD cable.

a) Remove the PSD cable fastener that secures the P37 cable to the system frame.

Fig. 384: PSD Cable Fastener

b) Disconnect P37 from the left side of the AC power supply.

Fig. 385: P36 and P37 Connectors

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 335 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
336 24 Replacing the PSA Module

2. Disconnect ECG Cable from the top bracket cable strap (if installed).
Fig. 386: Bracket - ECG Cable Strap

3. Remove the top bracket from the power supply.

a) If installed, loosen the small screw on the side of the bracket.

Fig. 387: PSD Module - Loosen Bracket Screw

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 336 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 337

b) Remove the two (2) screws on the face of the bracket.

Fig. 388: PSD/PSA Bracket Screws

4. Remove the PSD.

a) Remove the cover bracket from the frame in front of the PSD Module.

Fig. 389: Cover Bracket

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 337 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
338 24 Replacing the PSA Module

b) Loosen the three (3) captive screws that attach the PSD to the E Module.

Fig. 390: PSD Captive Screws

 The connector is located near the top of the PSD module.

Fig. 391: PSD/PSA Connectors

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 338 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 339

c) Grip the handle at the top of the PSD, and then gently pull from the system until
the module disconnects from the E Module.

Fig. 392: PSD Removal

d) Pull the PSD cable through the hole in the frame base.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 339 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
340 24 Replacing the PSA Module

24.2.5 Remove the PSA Module


1. Disconnect the cable.

a) Remove the PSA cable fastener that secures the P36 cable to the system frame.

Fig. 393: PSA Cable Fastener

b) Disconnect P36 from the right side of the AC power supply, and then route the ca‐
ble through the hole in the base of the system frame.

Fig. 394: P36 and P37 Connectors

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 340 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 341

2. Detach the PSA from the E Module.


Fig. 395: PSD/PSA Connectors

a) Loosen the five (5) captive screws that attach the PSA to the E Module.

Fig. 396: PSA Module Captive Screws

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 341 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
342 24 Replacing the PSA Module

b) Grip the handle at the top of the PSA and the bottom bracket. Gently pull the PSA
from the system, rocking it side to side.

Fig. 397: Module Shown Being Removed

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 342 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 343

24.2.6 Install the PSA Module


1. Position the PSA in its compartment.

a) Using the handle and bracket as a guide, position the PSA in its compartment.

Fig. 398: Lift the Module out from the System

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 343 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
344 24 Replacing the PSA Module

b) Gently apply pressure to connect it to the E Module.

 The connector is located near the bottom of the PSA module.

Fig. 399: PSD/PSA Connectors

2. Tighten the five (5) captive screws that attach the PSA to the E Module.
Fig. 400: PSA Module Captive Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 344 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 345

3. Route P36 through the hole in the frame base and connect it to J36 on left side of the
AC power supply.
Fig. 401: P36 and P37 Connectors

4. Attach the PSA cable fastener that secures the P36 cable to the system frame.
Fig. 402: PSA Cable Fastener

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 345 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
346 24 Replacing the PSA Module

24.2.7 Install the PSD Module


1. Fasten the PSD to the system.

a) Using the handle as a guide, position the PSD in its compartment.

Fig. 403: PSD to E Module Connection - Press to connect/ Pull to disconnect

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 346 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 347

b) Gently apply pressure to connect it to the E Module.

 The connector is located near the top of the PSD module.

Fig. 404: PSD/PSA Connectors

c) Tighten the three (3) captive screws that attach the PSD to the E Module.

Fig. 405: PSD Captive Screws

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 347 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
348 24 Replacing the PSA Module

d) Install the cover bracket to the frame in front of the PSD Module.

Fig. 406: Cover Bracket

2. Route P37 through the hole in the frame base, and connector it to J37 on the left side
of the AC power supply.
Fig. 407: P36 and P37 Connectors

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 348 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 349

3. Attach the PSD Cable Fastener that secures the P37 cable to the system frame.
Fig. 408: PSD Cable Fastener

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 349 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
350 24 Replacing the PSA Module

4. Install the top bracket on the system power supply.

a) Fasten the two (2) captive screws on the face of the bracket.

Fig. 409: PSD/PSA Bracket Screws

 Ensure that the PSA cable goes under the bracket and the Physio cable goes on top of
the bracket.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 350 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 351

b) Tighten the small screw on the side of the bracket (if it was in place before).

Fig. 410: PSD Module - Loosen Bracket Screw

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 351 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
352 24 Replacing the PSA Module

c) Connect ECG Cable to the top bracket cable strap (if installed).

Fig. 411: ECG Cable Strap

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 352 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 353

24.2.8 Install Physio Module and Bracket


1. Install the Physio Module with bracket. Reference ( Install the Physio Mod‐
ule / Page 255).
Fig. 412: Physio Module with Cover Bracket

24.2.9 Check the Boot Sequence


The following table summarizes the boot sequence for the system.
Tab. 5 Boot Sequence Summary

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
NA Standby mode (user n The Standby and monitor LEDs AC power tray. See AC Tray
initiated) illuminate amber. (PSAC) LED Faults /
n PS cooling module switches on. US22-101.840.01.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 353 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
354 24 Replacing the PSA Module

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
~0 to 17 Powering up (user in‐ n LEDs on the AC power supply il‐ AC power tray, E Module, or
itiated) luminate. cable.
n Cooling module switches on.

Control panel execut‐ Control panel emits beep. Control panel.


ing a power-on self-
test (POST)
~17 to 47 BIOS starts executing “Siemens” window displays E Module. See Boot Se‐
POST2 quence / US22-101.840.01.
BIOS finishes execut‐ n System emits a beep.
ing POST2
~47 to 107 Windows operating Windows window displays. Various; check error mes‐
system loading sages and call the Customer
Care Center.
~107 to 227 syngo diagnostics System emits three “beeps”. Various; check error mes‐
available. sages and call Customer
Care Center.
syngo and imaging Syngo and imaging windows dis‐
application loading3. plays.

1. Time is for reference purposes only and may vary significantly.


2. To access BIOS, press the delete key several times for 20 seconds immediately after starting the system. (VC30A and
above systems with an RM301 require a password to access the BIOS).
3. To remove the splash screen, position the cursor in the upper left corner of the FPD and press Q.

If errors occur during the following steps, use this table to identify which modules are re‐
sponsible. If necessary, contact the local Customer Care Center for help.

1. Switch on standby power. Make sure the system is connected to an external power
source, then turn on the MAIN power switch on the back of the AC power tray.
2. Power up the system. Press the green STANDBY button on the Control Panel. Verify
that the following occurs within the first four (4) seconds of boot-up:
- The LEDs on the AC power tray illuminate.
- The standby button changes to solid green.
- The fans switch on.
- The control panel emits a beep, indicating that the power-on self-test (POST) is
complete.
3. Verify the video initialization.
4. Verify that the BIOS loads.
About 17 seconds after the system has been powered on, the BIOS initiates a POST
and the “Siemens” window displays. After about 30 seconds, the system beeps.
5. Verify that Windows operating system loads. The Windows operating system window
displays as the operating system loads. This takes about one (1) minute. Note any er‐
ror messages that appear during this time.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 354 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSA Module 24 355

6. Verify that syngo loads. syngo takes about two (2) minutes to load. During this time
the system displays the startup window, which displays a number count.
- The system emits three (3) “beeps” when the syngo diagnostics become available.
- The syngo user interface displays when loading is complete.

24.2.10 Perform the A2D DC Offset Calibration


1. Disconnect all transducers that are connected to the system.

 The calibration will not work correctly if all transducer are not disconnected.

2. Access the Service Home Menu.

a) Display the Presets menu and click Service. The system displays the Preset menu.
b) Click Local Service...The Service Software Authentication window displays.
c) Enter the service license key (all 20 characters). Then click Ok.
d) Maximize the Service Software window.
3. Access the TuneUp window.

a) Click TuneUp. The system displays a message prompting that all transducers must
be disconnected in order for the calibration to work correctly.
b) Click Ok in the message window to display the TuneUp window. The TuneUp win‐
dow contains a list of different calibration functions.
4. Invoke the A2D DC offset calibration.

a) Select the A2D DC Offset.


b) Click Start to invoke the calibration. Wait for the system to display the calibration
test summary; ignore the estimated time shown in the footer. The summary in‐
cludes a pass/fail statement and the calibration date and time.
5. After the calibration is complete, connect all disconnected transducers to the system
again.
6. Reboot the system.

a) Close the Service Software window. The system displays a message prompting to
reboot the system.
b) Click Ok to reboot the system.

 Ignore any error messages the system may display after confirming the reboot. Do
not select OK if an error message displays.

24.2.11 Test the Module


After replacing the module, go to syngo TestTools and run the appropriate module test(s)
to confirm functionality. All tests must pass.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 355 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
356 24 Replacing the PSA Module

1. Launch the Service Software

a) Click System Config > Service > Local Service...


b) At the authentication window, enter the service license key.
2. Run the Diagnostics.

a) Click TestTools > PwrSuply > Start.


b) When finished, exit the service software and reboot the system.

24.2.12 Install the Lower Cover


1. Install the lower, left cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183) for
instructions.

24.2.13 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.
2. Install the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 174) for instructions.
3. Reconnect the OEM cables.
4. Install the storage bin cover. Reference ( Install the Storage Bin Cover / Page 177) for
instructions.
5. Install the system air filter. Reference ( Install the System Air Filter / Page 180) for
instructions.
6. Install the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Front Cov‐
er / Page 177) for instructions.
7. Install the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 179) for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 356 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSD Module 25 357

25.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the digital power supply (PSD). To access the module,
remove the upper system covers and the lower system covers.

25.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove the system covers
2. Remove the PSD Module
3. Test the system
4. Install the system covers

25.1.2 Required Materials


ASSY, Digital Power Supply (PSD)

25.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit
Service Key

25.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the PSD module takes approximately 35 to 40 minutes.

25.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shut Down to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 357 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
358 25 Replacing the PSD Module

25.2 PSD Module Instructions

25.2.1 Remove the Upper Covers


Remove the covers in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Remove the transducers from the system.


2. Remove the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 162) for instructions.
3. Remove the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Front
Cover / Page 164) for instructions.
4. Remove the system air filter. Reference ( Remove the System Air Filter / Page 161)
for instructions.
5. Remove the storage bin cover. Reference ( Remove the Storage Bin Cov‐
er / Page 166)for instructions.
6. Remove any OEM cables connected to the system and feed them through the left-rear
cover.
7. Remove the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 168) for instructions.
8. Remove the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 169) for instructions.

25.2.2 Remove Lower Covers


1. Remove the lower, left cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183)
for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 358 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSD Module 25 359

25.2.3 Remove the PSD Module


1. Disconnect the PSD cable.

a) Remove the PSD cable fastener that secures the P37 cable to the system frame.

Fig. 413: PSD Cable Fastener

b) Disconnect P37 from the left side of the AC power supply.

Fig. 414: P37 Connector

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 359 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
360 25 Replacing the PSD Module

2. Disconnect the ECG Cable from the ECG Module and Top Bracket (if installed).
Fig. 415: ECG Cable

3. Remove the cover bracket.

a) Remove the two (2) lower screws.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 360 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSD Module 25 361

b) Loosen the two (2) upper captive screws.

Fig. 416: Cover Bracket Screws

4. Remove the top bracket from the power supply.

a) If installed, loosen the small screw on the side of the bracket.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 361 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
362 25 Replacing the PSD Module

b) Loosen the screws on the face of the bracket.

Fig. 417: Top Bracket Screws

5. Remove the cover bracket from the frame in front of the PSD Module.
Fig. 418: Cover Bracket

6. Remove the PSD.

a) Loosen the three (3) captive screws that attach the PSD to the E Module.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 362 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSD Module 25 363

b) Grab the handle at the top of the PSD, and then gently pull toward yourself until
the module disconnects from the E Module.

 The connector is located near the top of the PSD module.

Fig. 419: PSD Module -- Captive Screws

c) Pull the PSD cable through the hole in the frame base.

25.2.4 Install the PSD Module


1. Fasten the PSD to the system.

a) Using the handle as a guide, position the PSD in its compartment.


b) Gently apply pressure to connect it to the E Module.

 The connector is located near the top of the PSD module.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 363 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
364 25 Replacing the PSD Module

c) Tighten the three (3) captive screws that attach the PSD to the E Module.

Fig. 420: PSD Module -- Captive Screws

2. Install the cover bracket to the frame in front of the PSD Module.
Fig. 421: Cover Bracket

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 364 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSD Module 25 365

3. Route P37 through the hole in the frame base, and connect it to J37 on the left side of
the AC power supply.
Fig. 422: P37 Connection

4. Attach the PSD cable fastener that secures the P37 cable to the system frame.
Fig. 423: PSD Cable Fastener

5. Install the top bracket on the system power supply.

a) Fasten the two (2) captive screws on the face of the bracket.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 365 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
366 25 Replacing the PSD Module

b) Fasten the small screw on the side of the bracket (if it was in place before).

Fig. 424: Top Bracket Screws

6. Install the cover bracket.

a) Install the two (2) lower screws.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 366 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSD Module 25 367

b) Tighten the two (2) upper captive screws.

Fig. 425: Cover Bracket Screws

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 367 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
368 25 Replacing the PSD Module

7. Connect the ECG Cable to the ECG Module and secure in top Bracket (if installed).
Fig. 426: ECG Cable

25.2.5 Check the Boot Sequence


The following table summarizes the boot sequence for the system.
Tab. 6 Boot Sequence Summary

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
NA Standby mode (user n The Standby and monitor LEDs AC power tray. See AC Tray
initiated) illuminate amber. (PSAC) LED Faults /
n PS cooling module switches on. US22-101.840.01.

~0 to 17 Powering up (user in‐ n LEDs on the AC power supply il‐ AC power tray, E Module, or
itiated) luminate. cable.
n Cooling module switches on.

Control panel execut‐ Control panel emits beep. Control panel.


ing a power-on self-
test (POST)

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 368 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the PSD Module 25 369

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
~17 to 47 BIOS starts executing “Siemens” window displays E Module. See Boot Se‐
POST2 quence / US22-101.840.01.
BIOS finishes execut‐ n System emits a beep.
ing POST2
~47 to 107 Windows operating Windows window displays. Various; check error mes‐
system loading sages and call the Customer
Care Center.
~107 to 227 syngo diagnostics System emits three “beeps”. Various; check error mes‐
available. sages and call Customer
Care Center.
syngo and imaging Syngo and imaging windows dis‐
application loading3. plays.

1. Time is for reference purposes only and may vary significantly.


2. To access BIOS, press the delete key several times for 20 seconds immediately after starting the system. (VC30A and
above systems with an RM301 require a password to access the BIOS).
3. To remove the splash screen, position the cursor in the upper left corner of the FPD and press Q.

If errors occur during the following steps, use this table to identify which modules are re‐
sponsible. If necessary, contact the local Customer Care Center for help.

1. Switch on standby power. Make sure the system is connected to an external power
source, then turn on the MAIN power switch on the back of the AC power tray.
2. Power up the system. Press the green STANDBY button on the Control Panel. Verify
that the following occurs within the first four (4) seconds of bootup:
- The LEDs on the AC power tray illuminate.
- The standby button changes to solid green.
- The fans switch on.
- The control panel emits a beep, indicating that the power-on self-test (POST) is
complete.
3. Verify the video initialization.
4. Verify that the BIOS loads.
About 17 seconds after the system has been powered on, the BIOS initiates a POST
and the “Siemens” window displays. After about 30 seconds, the system beeps.
5. Verify that Windows operating system loads. The Windows operating system window
displays as the operating system loads. This takes about one (1) minute. Note any er‐
ror messages that appear during this time.
6. Verify that syngo loads. syngo takes about two (2) minutes to load. During this time
the system displays the startup window, which displays a number count.
- The system emits three “beeps” when the syngo diagnostics become available.
- The syngo user interface displays when loading is complete.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 369 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
370 25 Replacing the PSD Module

25.2.6 Test the Module


After replacing the module, go to syngo TestTools and run the appropriate module test(s)
to confirm functionality. All tests must pass.

1. Launch the Service Software

a) Click System Config > Service > Local Service...


b) At the authentication window, enter the service license key.
2. Run the Diagnostics.

a) Click TestTools > PwrSply > Start.


b) When finished, exit the service software and reboot the system.

25.2.7 Install the Lower Covers


1. Install the lower, left cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183) for
instructions.

25.2.8 Install the Upper Covers


The covers must be Installed in the order they are listed in this procedure.

1. Install the upper, left-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 173) for instructions.
2. Install the upper, right-rear cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Rear Cov‐
er / Page 174) for instructions.
3. Reconnect the OEM cables.
4. Install the storage bin cover. Reference ( Install the Storage Bin Cover / Page 177) for
instructions.
5. Install the system air filter. Reference ( Install the System Air Filter / Page 180) for
instructions.
6. Install the upper, right-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Right-Front Cov‐
er / Page 177) for instructions.
7. Install the upper, left-front cover. Reference ( Install the Upper, Left-Front Cov‐
er / Page 179) for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 370 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Large Fan Assembly 26 371

26.1 Overview
This procedure describes the steps required to replace the Large Fan Assembly, which
consists of four (4) fans. To access the module, The left and rear lower covers must first
be removed from the system. The Large Fan Assembly is also referred to as the Fan Tray
Assembly.

26.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove system covers
2. Remove the Large Fan Assembly
3. Install the Large Fan Assembly
4. Install system covers

26.1.2 Required Materials


Large Fan Assembly (4 Fans)

26.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit

26.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the Large Fan Assembly takes approximately 25 to 30 minutes.

26.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shut Down to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 371 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
372 26 Replacing the Large Fan Assembly

26.2 Large Fan Assembly Instructions

26.2.1 Remove the Left and Rear Lower Covers


1. Remove the lower, rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Rear Cov‐
er / Page 181) for instructions.
2. Remove the lower, left cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183)
for instructions.
3. Remove the lower, right cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Right Cov‐
er / Page 182) for instructions.

26.2.2 Remove the Large Fan Assembly


The Large Fan Assembly is a tray that contains four (4) fans and attaches to the system
above the AC power supply. The Large Fan Assembly is accessed from the back of the sys‐
tem.

1. Rotate the rear wheels of the system outward and lock them.
2. Remove the grounding bracket by loosening the two (2) captive screws, or removing
the three (3) screws. (This depends upon the Trolley Frame Assembly - TFA.)
Fig. 427: PSAC Grounding Bracket (TFA)

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 372 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Large Fan Assembly 26 373

Fig. 428: PSAC Ground Bracket (TFA2)

3. Disconnect P91 power cable from the Large Fan Assembly. Access this connector from
the left side of the system.
Fig. 429: Large Fan Assembly Power Cable

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 373 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
374 26 Replacing the Large Fan Assembly

4. Remove the Large Fan Assembly. Loosen the two (2) captive screws on the rear of the
Large Fan Assembly and slide the tray out.

 These screws may be installed with loctite and may require a wrench to loosen.

 As soon the screws are loosened, the Large Fan Assembly drops on to the AC power sup‐
ply.

Fig. 430: Fan Tray Captive Screws

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 374 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Large Fan Assembly 26 375

26.2.3 Install the Large Fan Assembly


1. Attach the Large Fan Assembly to the system.

a) Tilt the back of the Large Fan Assembly upward while sliding it into position above
the AC power supply. Align the Large Fan Assembly so that the pin in the front of
the Large Fan Assembly mount fits the V-notch in the front of the tray.

 It may be helpful to watch from the side of the system as the Large Fan Assembly is
guided into its slot.

Fig. 431: Alignment Pin

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 375 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
376 26 Replacing the Large Fan Assembly

b) Tighten the two (2) captive screws that attach the Large Fan Assembly to the sys‐
tem.

Fig. 432: Large Fan Assembly Captive Screws and Rear Alignment Pin

2. Connect the P91 power supply cable to the J91 connector.


Fig. 433: Large Fan Assembly Power Cable

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 376 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Large Fan Assembly 26 377

3. Install the grounding bracket on the AC power supply. Fasten the (2) captive screws,
or the three (3) previously removed screws that attach the grounding bracket to the
AC power supply. (This depends upon the Trolley Frame Assembly - TFA.)
Fig. 434: PSAC Grounding Bracket (TFA)

Fig. 435: PSAC Ground Bracket (TFA2)

26.2.4 Install the Left and Rear Lower Covers


1. Install the lower, left cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183) for
instructions.
2. Install the lower, rear cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Rear Cover / Page 185) for
instructions.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 377 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
378 26 Replacing the Large Fan Assembly

3. Install the lower, right cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Right Cover / Page 184)
for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 378 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Small Fan Assembly 27 379

27.1 Overview
This procedure describes the steps required to replace the Small Fan Assembly. The is also
referred to as the Power Supply Fan Tray, which consists of two (2) small fans. To access
the Small Fan Assembly, remove the left lower cover, the rear lower cover, and the Large
Fan Assembly.

27.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove system covers
2. Remove the Large Fan Assembly
3. Remove the Small Fan Assembly
4. Install the Small Fan Assembly
5. Install the Large Fan Assembly
6. Install system covers

27.1.2 Required Materials


Small Fan Assembly (two (2) fans)

27.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit

27.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the Small Fan Assembly takes approximately 35 to 40 minutes.

27.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shut Down to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 379 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
380 27 Replacing the Small Fan Assembly

27.2 Small Fan Assembly Instructions

27.2.1 Remove the Left and Rear Lower Covers


1. Remove the lower, rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Rear Cov‐
er / Page 181) for instructions.
2. Remove the lower, left cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183)
for instructions.
3. Remove the lower, right cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Right Cov‐
er / Page 182) for instructions.

27.2.2 Remove the Large Fan Assembly


Remove the Large Fan Assembly. Reference ( Remove the Large Fan Assem‐
bly / Page 372) for instructions.

27.2.3 Remove the Small Fan Assembly


1. Disconnect cable P92 from J92 on the bottom of the Small Fan Tray.
Fig. 436: Small Fan Tray -- P92

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 380 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the Small Fan Assembly 27 381

2. Disconnect cables P36 and P37 from the AC power supply to ease the removal of the
Small Fan Tray.
Fig. 437: AC Power Supply -- P36 and P37

3. Remove the Small Fan Tray.


Loosen the captive screw on the bottom of the system and remove the Small Fan
Tray.
Fig. 438: Small Fan Tray -- Captive Screw

27.2.4 Install the Small Fan Assembly


1. Attach the Small Fan Tray to the system.

a) Slide the Small Fan Tray into its compartment.


b) Fasten the captive screw that secures the Small Fan Tray.
2. Connect cable P92 to J92 on the bottom of the Small Fan Tray.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 381 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
382 27 Replacing the Small Fan Assembly

3. Connect cables P36 and P37 to the corresponding connectors on the AC power sup‐
ply.

27.2.5 Install the Large Fan Assembly


Install the Large Fan Assembly. Reference ( Install the Large Fan Assembly / Page 375)
for instructions.

27.2.6 Install the Left and Rear Lower Covers


1. Install the lower, left cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183) for
instructions.
2. Install the lower, rear cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Rear Cover / Page 185) for
instructions.
3. Install the lower, right cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Right Cover / Page 184)
for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 382 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the AC Power Tray 28 383

28.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing AC Power Tray. The lower system covers must be re‐
moved to gain access to the AC Power Tray.
There are two (2) different AC Power trays. One requires an electrical connection to the
external AC Transformer and the other contains an internal transformer.
n Pwr Supply, SMS2 AC Tray, RoHS (Requires External Transformer)
n Pwr Supply, SMS3 AC Tray, Inverter, S Fam (Internal Transformer)

28.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove system covers
2. Remove AC Power Tray
3. Install AC Power Tray
4. Perform electrical safety tests
5. Install system covers

28.1.2 Required Materials


AC Power Tray

28.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit

28.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the AC Power Tray takes approximately 25 to 30 minutes.

28.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel and follow the instructions on the win‐
dow to shut down the system.
2. Click Shut Down to shut down the system.
3. Switch the MAIN circuit breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 383 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
384 28 Replacing the AC Power Tray

5. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

 CAUTION
Leakage tests must be performed after replacing electrical components connec‐
ted to non-isolated AC power.
 Failure to complete a leakage test may result in damage to the system.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 384 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the AC Power Tray 28 385

28.2 AC Tray Instructions

28.2.1 Remove Lower Covers


1. Remove the lower, rear cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Rear Cov‐
er / Page 181) for instructions.
2. Remove the lower, left cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183)
for instructions.
3. Remove the lower, right cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Right Cov‐
er / Page 182) for instructions.

28.2.2 Remove the AC Power Tray


Fig. 439: AC Power Supply in Tray (Pwr Supply, SMS2 AC Tray, RoHS)

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 385 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
386 28 Replacing the AC Power Tray

Fig. 440: AC Power Tray (Pwr Supply, SMS3 AC Tray, Inverter, S Fam)

1. Remove the AC Cord bracket and then remove the AC Cord.


Fig. 441: AC Cord and Bracket (Pwr Supply, SMS3 AC Tray, Inverter, S Fam)

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 386 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the AC Power Tray 28 387

Fig. 442: AC Cord and Bracket (Pwr Supply, AC Tray, RoHS)

2. Remove the grounding bracket. Loosen the two (2) captive screws, or remove the
three (3) screws that attach the bracket to the back of the AC Power Tray. (The num‐
ber of screws depends upon the Trolley Frame Assembly - TFA.)
Fig. 443: AC Power Tray -- Grounding Bracket

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 387 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
388 28 Replacing the AC Power Tray

Fig. 444: AC Power Tray - Grounding Bracket (TFA2)

3. Disconnect cables P31, P32, P34, P36, P37, and P40 from the left side of the AC Pow‐
er Tray.
Fig. 445: AC Power Tray -- Cables P31, P32, P34, P36, P37, and P40

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 388 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the AC Power Tray 28 389

4. For Pwr Supply, SMS2 AC Tray, RoHS only. Disconnect cables P49 and P50 from the
right side of the AC Power Tray.
Fig. 446: AC Power Tray -- Cables P49 and P50 (Pwr Supply, SMS2 AC Tray, RoHS Only)

5. For Pwr Supply, SMS3 AC Tray, Inverter, S Fam only. Disconnect cables P35, P41
and P45 from the right side of the AC Power Tray.
Fig. 447: AC Power Tray - Cables P35, P41, and P45

6. Remove the AC Power Tray.

a) Loosen the (2) captive screws on the left and right sides of the rear AC Power Tray.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 389 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
390 28 Replacing the AC Power Tray

b) Slide the AC Power Tray from the system.

Fig. 448: AC Power Tray -- Captive Screws

28.2.3 Install the AC Power Tray


1. Configure the voltage setting.

 Voltage configuration settings are only required for the Pwr Supply, SMS2 AC Tray, RoHS.
Pwr Supply, SMS3 AC Tray, Inverter, S Fam automatically senses the AC input power.

Pwr Supply, SMS2 AC Tray, RoHS Only: The AC Power Tray is pre-configured to 230
V. If installing the AC Power Tray on a system with different power requirements, such
as 100 V or 115 V, reconfigure the voltage setting as follows:

a) Remove the voltage switch access cover.


b) Set the voltage switch position according to the illustration shown below the ac‐
cess hole.
c) Install the voltage switch access cover.

Fig. 449: AC Power Tray -- Voltage Settings

2. Apply the voltage label.

a) Remove the appropriate voltage label from the top of the AC Power Tray.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 390 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the AC Power Tray 28 391

b) Place the voltage label to the right of the voltage switch cover, just above the
MAIN switch.

Fig. 450: Voltage Label

3. Install the AC Power Tray.

a) Carefully insert and align the AC Power Tray into the system.
b) Fasten the (2) captive screws that attach the AC Power Tray to the system.
4. Connect cables P31, P32, P34, P36, P37, and P40 to the left side of the AC Power
Tray.
5. For Pwr Supply, SMS2 AC Tray, RoHS only. Connect cables P49 and P50 to the right
side of the AC Power Tray.
6. For Pwr Supply, SMS3 AC Tray, Inverter, S Fam only. Connect cables P35, P41 and
P45 on the right side of the AC Power Tray.
7. Install the grounding bracket. Fasten the two (2) captive screws, or the three (3)
screws that attach the bracket to the back of the AC Power tray. (The number of
screws depends upon the Trolley Frame Assembly - TFA.)
8. Insert the AC Cord and then install the AC Cord Bracket.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 391 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
392 28 Replacing the AC Power Tray

9. For Pwr Supply, SMS3 AC Tray, Inverter, S Fam only. Set the OEM voltage switch to
the 230V or 115V position.
Fig. 451: OEM Voltage Switch - Pwr Supply, SMS3 AC Tray, Inverter, S Fam

28.2.4 Check the Boot Sequence


The following table summarizes the boot sequence for the system.
Tab. 7 Boot Sequence Summary

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
NA Standby mode (user n The Standby and monitor LEDs AC power tray. See AC Tray
initiated) illuminate amber. (PSAC) LED Faults /
n PS cooling module switches on. US22-101.840.01.

~0 to 17 Powering up (user in‐ n LEDs on the AC power supply il‐ AC power tray, E Module, or
itiated) luminate. cable.
n Cooling module switches on.

Control panel execut‐ Control panel emits beep. Control panel.


ing a power-on self-
test (POST)
~17 to 47 BIOS starts executing “Siemens” window displays E Module. See Boot Se‐
POST2 quence / US22-101.840.01.
BIOS finishes execut‐ n System emits a beep.
ing POST2
~47 to 107 Windows operating Windows window displays. Various; check error mes‐
system loading sages and call the Customer
Care Center.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 392 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the AC Power Tray 28 393

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
~107 to 227 syngo diagnostics System emits three “beeps”. Various; check error mes‐
available. sages and call Customer
Care Center.
syngo and imaging Syngo and imaging windows dis‐
application loading . plays.
3

1. Time is for reference purposes only and may vary significantly.


2. To access BIOS, press the delete key several times for 20 seconds immediately after starting the system. (VC30A and
above systems with an RM301 require a password to access the BIOS).
3. To remove the splash screen, position the cursor in the upper left corner of the FPD and press Q.

If errors occur during the following steps, use this table to identify which modules are re‐
sponsible. If necessary, contact the local Customer Care Center for help.

1. Switch on standby power. Make sure the system is connected to an external power
source, then turn on the MAIN power switch on the back of the AC power tray.
2. Power up the system. Press the green STANDBY button on the Control Panel. Verify
that the following occurs within the first four (4) seconds of bootup:
- The LEDs on the AC power tray illuminate.
- The standby button changes to solid green.
- The fans switch on.
- The control panel emits a beep, indicating that the power-on self-test (POST) is
complete.
3. Verify the video initialization.
4. Verify that the BIOS loads.
About 17 seconds after the system has been powered on, the BIOS initiates a POST
and the “Siemens” window displays. After about 30 seconds, the system beeps.
5. Verify that Windows operating system loads. The Windows operating system window
displays as the operating system loads. This takes about one (1) minute. Note any er‐
ror messages that appear during this time.
6. Verify that syngo loads. syngo takes about two (2) minutes to load. During this time
the system displays the startup window, which displays a number count.
- The system emits three “beeps” when the syngo diagnostics become available.
- The syngo user interface displays when loading is complete.

28.2.5 Test the Module


After replacing the module, go to syngo TestTools and run the appropriate module
test(s) to confirm functionality. All tests must pass.

1. Launch the Service Software

a) Click System Config >, Service > Local Service.


b) At the authentication window, enter the service license key.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 393 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
394 28 Replacing the AC Power Tray

2. Run the Diagnostics.

a) Click Test Tools.


b) Select the appropriate module test(s) and click Start.
c) When finished, exit the service software and reboot the system.

28.2.6 Perform the Electrical Safety Test


Perform the Electrical Safety Procedure. Refer to Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-003.860.01.xx.02 or General Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-004.860.01.xx.02.
For safety limits and submission of safety reports, refer to Electrical Safety Limits /
US22-101.833.01.xx.02 and Electrical Safety Test Report / US22-101.834.01.xx.02.

28.2.7 Install the Lower Covers


1. Install the lower, left cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183) for
instructions.
2. Install the lower, rear cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Rear Cover / Page 185) for
instructions.
3. Install the lower, right cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Right Cover / Page 184)
for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 394 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the AC Transformer 29 395

29.1 Overview
This procedure involves replacing the AC transformer. Remove the right and front lower
covers from the system to access the module.

29.1.1 Workflow
1. Remove system covers
2. Remove AC Transformer
3. Install the AC Transformer
4. Conduct electrical safety tests
5. Install system covers

29.1.2 Required Materials


AC Transformer

29.1.3 Required Tools


Standard CSE Tool Kit

29.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the AC transformer 25 to 30 minutes.

29.1.5 System Preparations


None

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 395 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
396 29 Replacing the AC Transformer

29.2 AC Transformer Instructions

 This is only required with the Pwr Supply, SMS2 AC Tray, RoHS.

29.2.1 Remove the Front and Lower Covers


1. Remove the lower, left cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183)
for instructions.
2. Remove the lower, right cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Right Cov‐
er / Page 182) for instructions.

29.2.2 Remove the AC Transformer


Fig. 452: AC Transformer

1. Remove the four (4) screws that secure the transformer cover. Remove the transform‐
er cover.
Fig. 453: Transformer Cover

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 396 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the AC Transformer 29 397

2. Disconnect all the cables from the transformer.

a) Disconnect P35, P41 and P45 and the power cable from the right side of the trans‐
former.
b) Disconnect P49 and P50 from the right side of the AC power supply.

Fig. 454: Transformer Connectors

3. Remove the four (4) screws that secure the transformer.


Fig. 455: Transformer Screws

4. Remove the transformer, slide the transformer out from its tray.

 CAUTION
The edges of the sheet metal that encases the transformer are sharp.
 Be careful not to cut your hands when performing this step.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 397 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
398 29 Replacing the AC Transformer

5. For AC Transformers installed in a TFA2 system only. Remove the Ground Plate attach‐
ed to the top of the Transformer.
Fig. 456: AC Transformer Ground Plate Installed

Fig. 457: AC Transformer Ground Plate Removed

The TFA2 has a composite plastic structure. This is only for TFA2 systems with a Pwr Sup‐
 ply, AC Tray, RoHS and a AC Transformer installed. Most TFA2 systems have the Pwr Sup‐
ply, SMS3 AC Tray, Inverter, S Fam installed which does not have an AC Transformer.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 398 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the AC Transformer 29 399

29.2.3 Install the AC Transformer


1. Configure the voltage setting and fuses.
The AC transformer is pre-configured to 115 V. If installing the AC transformer on a
system with different power requirements, such as 230 V, reconfigure the OEM volt‐
age setting. In addition, check the upper F2 fuse:

a) Set the OEM voltage switch to the 230 V position if installing the transformer on a
230 V system. Or, make sure that the voltage is set to 115 V if installing the trans‐
former on a 100 V or 115 V system.
b) Check the F2 fuse. Use the correct fuse as depicted in the table and graphic below.
Reuse the fuse from the old transformer if applicable.
Tab. 8 Right Connector Description

Reference Des‐ Label Description Fuse Size


ignator
SW3 OEM Voltage Selectable to 115V/230V ----
F3 Fuses F3 - CPU 2A/250V T
F2 Fuses F2 - OEM(s) 115V: 2A/ 230V T
230V: 1.25A/ 250V T
F1 Fuses F1 - FPD 2A/250V T

Fig. 458: Transformer Fuse Locations

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 399 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
400 29 Replacing the AC Transformer

2. For AC Transformers installed in a TFA2 system only. Attach the Ground Plate to
the top of the Transformer.
Fig. 459: AC Transformer Ground Plate

3. Position the transformer in its tray.


Route cables P49 and P50 through the side of the transformer tray, then lift the trans‐
former and slide it into the tray. Make sure that the cables are not pinched when slid‐
ing the transformer into place.
4. Secure the transformer. Fasten the two (2) screws that attach the transformer to its
tray.
5. Connect P35, P41, and P45 to the right side of the transformer.
6. Connect P49 and P50 to the right side of the AC power supply.
7. Install transformer cover using four (4) screws.

29.2.4 Check the Boot Sequence


The following table summarizes the boot sequence for the system.
Tab. 9 Boot Sequence Summary

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
NA Standby mode (user n The Standby and monitor LEDs AC power tray. See AC Tray
initiated) illuminate amber. (PSAC) LED Faults /
n PS cooling module switches on. US22-101.840.01.

~0 to 17 Powering up (user in‐ n LEDs on the AC power supply il‐ AC power tray, E Module, or
itiated) luminate. cable.
n Cooling module switches on.

Control panel execut‐ Control panel emits beep. Control panel.


ing a power-on self-
test (POST)

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 400 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Replacing the AC Transformer 29 401

Interval Status Indication(s) Possible Cause(s) of Fail‐


(sec1) ure
~17 to 47 BIOS starts executing “Siemens” window displays E Module. See Boot Se‐
POST2 quence / US22-101.840.01.
BIOS finishes execut‐ n System emits a beep.
ing POST2
~47 to 107 Windows operating Windows window displays. Various; check error mes‐
system loading sages and call the Customer
Care Center.
~107 to 227 syngo diagnostics System emits three “beeps”. Various; check error mes‐
available. sages and call Customer
Care Center.
syngo and imaging Syngo and imaging windows dis‐
application loading3. plays.

1. Time is for reference purposes only and may vary significantly.


2. To access BIOS, press the delete key several times for 20 seconds immediately after starting the system. (VC30A and
above systems with an RM301 require a password to access the BIOS).
3. To remove the splash screen, position the cursor in the upper left corner of the FPD and press Q.

If errors occur during the following steps, use this table to identify which modules are re‐
sponsible. If necessary, contact the local Customer Care Center for help.

1. Switch on standby power. Make sure the system is connected to an external power
source, then turn on the MAIN power switch on the back of the AC power tray.
2. Power up the system. Press the green STANDBY button on the Control Panel. Verify
that the following occurs within the first four (4) seconds of bootup:
- The LEDs on the AC power tray illuminate.
- The standby button changes to solid green.
- The fans switch on.
- The control panel emits a beep, indicating that the power-on self-test (POST) is
complete.
3. Verify the video initialization.
4. Verify that the BIOS loads.
About 17 seconds after the system has been powered on, the BIOS initiates a POST
and the “Siemens” window displays. After about 30 seconds, the system beeps.
5. Verify that Windows operating system loads. The Windows operating system window
displays as the operating system loads. This takes about one (1) minute. Note any er‐
ror messages that appear during this time.
6. Verify that syngo loads. syngo takes about two (2) minutes to load. During this time
the system displays the startup window, which displays a number count.
- The system emits three “beeps” when the syngo diagnostics become available.
- The syngo user interface displays when loading is complete.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 401 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
402 29 Replacing the AC Transformer

29.2.5 Perform the Electrical Safety Test


Perform the Electrical Safety Procedure. Refer to Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-003.860.01.xx.02 or General Field Electrical Safety Test Procedure /
US00-004.860.01.xx.02.
For safety limits and submission of safety reports, refer to Electrical Safety Limits /
US22-101.833.01.xx.02 and Electrical Safety Test Report / US22-101.834.01.xx.02.

29.2.6 Install the Lower Covers


1. Install the lower, left cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183) for
instructions.
2. Install the lower, right cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Right Cover / Page 184)
for instructions.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 402 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Caster Replacement 30 403

30.1 Overview
This procedure describes how to remove, replace, and adjust the casters.
There are two different types of casters. The casters in the front are both attached to a
three function foot pedal. These functions are Locked, Unlocked, and Locked Swivel.
These casters are adjustable. The rear casters are independent and can be locked or un‐
locked using the brake lever. These casters are not adjustable.

30.1.1 Workflow
1. System Preparation
2. Remove Lower Covers
3. Remove Transformer, as required
4. Remove the Caster(s)
5. Install the Caster(s)
6. Test and adjust brakes as required
7. Install Transformer as required
8. Install Lower Covers

30.1.2 Materials Required


Caster Wheels, Front (with lock)
Caster Wheels, Rear (without lock)

30.1.3 Tools Required


Standard CSE Toolkit
Car Jack/lifting device

30.1.4 Required Time


Replacing the wheels takes approximately 30 minutes.

30.1.5 System Preparation


1. Press the Power button on the Control Panel to power off the system.
2. Select OK to shut down the system, wait for the system to power down completely.
3. Switch the Main Circuit Breaker to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the system power cable from its external power source.
5. Remove all transducers from the system.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 403 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
404 30 Caster Replacement

6. Maintain a minimum of 3.5 feet (1 meter) clearance while working on the system.

 WARNING
Equipment Damage May Occur
 Do not park, or leave unattended, on a slope or during this maintenance. Even
when the rear brakes are engaged, the system may move or turnover.

7. Move the system so that the casters face forward.


Fig. 460: Casters Facing Forward

8. Set all casters to the locked position. This will provide system stability for the system
when the system is raised.
Fig. 461: Casters in the Locked Position

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 404 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Caster Replacement 30 405

30.2 Remove Lower Covers and Transformer

30.2.1 Lower Cover and Transformer Removal

 Lower Cover and Transformer Removal is only required if the front casters are going to
be removed and replaced.

1. Remove the lower, right cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Right Cov‐
er / Page 182) for instructions.
2. Remove the lower, left cover. Reference ( Remove the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183)
for instructions.
3. Remove the Transformer. Reference ( Remove the AC Transformer / Page 396) for in‐
structions.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 405 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
406 30 Caster Replacement

30.3 Front Caster Removal and Replacement

30.3.1 Remove Front Casters

 WARNING
Extremely Heavy Object
This maintenance requires lifting the system with an approved lifting device. Fail‐
ure to use a proper device can result in serious personal injury.
 Heavy or awkward loads should be moved using technical aids or by more
than one person. Use approved lifting device when performing this mainte‐
nance.

30.3.1.1 Remove the Front Casters

1. Ensure the working surface is level, and place the jack behind the brake pedal on the
metal frame behind the brake assembly. Ensure that there will be enough room to op‐
erate the jack (refer to figures below.)
Fig. 462: Jack Position

Fig. 463: Jack Attached to Metal Frame Behind Brake Assembly

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 406 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Caster Replacement 30 407

2. Raise the system until the casters are one (1) inch (2.5cm) off the ground.
3. Remove the c-clip and flat washer from the caster brake arm.
Fig. 464: Caster Brake Arm with C-Clip and Flat Washer

4. Use a 5mm Allen wrench to remove the four (4) bolts that secure the caster to the
frame. Remove the caster.
Fig. 465: Front Caster Bolts

 The removed caster will also include a backing plate and a bumper.

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 407 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
408 30 Caster Replacement

30.3.2 Install Front Casters

30.3.2.1 Install the Front Casters

1. Align the caster brake arm and attach the caster with the backing plate and bumper to
the frame using the four (4) previously removed bolts.
Fig. 466: Caster with Backing Plate and Bumper

2. Attach the c-clip and flat washer to the caster brake arm.
Fig. 467: Caster Brake Arm with C-Clip and Flat Washer

3. Test the brake mechanism using brake pedal. Verify that the brake properly locks the
wheel movement and swivel function.
4. Adjust the brake mechanism as needed by adjusting the brake arm nut. This may re‐
quire the removal of the brake arm assembly if a large adjustment is required. Refer to

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 408 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Caster Replacement 30 409

( Foot Pedal Brake Adjustment / US22-101.842.01) for instructions on adjusting the


front brake.
Fig. 468: Brake Arm Adjustment Nut

5. Carefully lower the system to the ground and remove the jack.

30.3.3 Install Covers and Transformer


1. Install the lower, rear cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Rear Cover / Page 185) for
instructions.
2. Install the lower, left cover. Reference ( Install the Lower, Left Cover / Page 183) for
instructions.
3. Install the transformer. Reference ( Install the AC Transformer / Page 399) for instruc‐
tions

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 409 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
410 30 Caster Replacement

30.4 Rear Caster Removal and Replacement

30.4.1 Remove Rear Caster


1. Make sure the working location is level, and set the rear casters facing the rear of the
system.
2. Set the system foot pedal brake to the “lock” position.
3. Place the jack behind the rear caster on the metal frame. Ensure that there will be
enough room to operate the jack (refer to figures below).
Fig. 469: Jack Position

Fig. 470: Jack Attached to Metal Frame next to Rear Caster

4. Raise the system until both casters are one (1) inch (2.5cm) off the ground

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 410 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Caster Replacement 30 411

5. Use a 5mm Allen Wrench to remove the four (4) bolts that secure the caster to the
frame. Remove the caster.
Fig. 471: Rear Caster Bolts

 The removed caster will also include a brake stop and a bumper.

30.4.2 Install the Rear Casters


1. Attach the caster with the brake stop and bumper to the frame using the four (4) pre‐
viously removed bolts.
Fig. 472: Rear Caster Bolts

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 411 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
412 30 Caster Replacement

2. Test the brake mechanism using brake lever. Verify that the brake properly locks the
wheel movement. There are no adjustments for these casters.
Fig. 473: Brake Test

3. Carefully lower the system to the ground and remove the jack.

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 412 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
Changes to Previous Version 31 413

31.1 Changes to Previous Version


Change(s) Description
Revision 08 Updated for AIAT doc production.
Updated Fan, AC Power Supply and AC Trans‐
former chapters.
Revision 07 Removed active links to Troubleshooting
Guide to accommodate AIAT doc production
(Boot Sequence sections).
Revision 06 Updated sections to incorporate Trolley
Frame Assembly 2 (TFA2) changes.
Updated Wireless Adapter information.
Revision 05 Updated Electrical Safety Procedure referen‐
ces.
Revision 04 Updated for SW Version VD10A changes.
Added Touch Screen Panel chapters.
Revision 03 Changed BIOS display instructions in the Boot
Sequence table in several chapters.
Updated Electrical Safety Procedure refer‐
ence.
Revision 02 Added power off steps in Control Panel chap‐
ter.
Revision 01 Initial Release

© Siemens Healthineers, 2018 US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 413 of 415 ACUSON S Family


08.18
414 32 List of Hazard IDs

The list shows the Hazard IDs of this document.


n

- Cable Connection Damage (Page 124)(Page 118)(Page 132)

ACUSON S Family US22-103.841.01.08.02 Page 414 of 415 © Siemens Healthineers, 2018


08.18
All documents may only be used for
rendering services on Siemens
Healthcare Products. Any document
in electronic form may be printed
once. Copy and distribution of elec‐
tronic documents and hardcopies is
prohibited. Offenders will be liable
for damages. All other rights are re‐
served.

siemens-healthineers.com

Siemens Healthineers Headquarters


Siemens Healthcare GmbH
Henkestr. 127
91052 Erlangen
Germany
Telephone: +49 9131 84-0
siemens-healthineers.com

Print No.: US22-103.841.01.08.02 | Replaces: US22-103.841.01.07.02


Doc. Gen. Date: 08.18 | Language: English
© Siemens Healthineers, 2018

You might also like